Merge "Don't fallback from uk to ru"
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.29.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = [
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * ];
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See https://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
402 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
403 *
404 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
405 * completeness.
406 */
407 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
408
409 /**
410 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
411 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
412 */
413 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
414
415 /**
416 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
417 */
418 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
419
420 /**
421 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
422 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
423 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
424 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
425 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
426 *
427 * Example:
428 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
429 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
430 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
431 *
432 * @see $wgFileBackends
433 */
434 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
435
436 /**
437 * File repository structures
438 *
439 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
440 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
441 * array of properties configuring the repository.
442 *
443 * Properties required for all repos:
444 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
445 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
446 * FSRepo is also supported for backwards compatibility.
447 *
448 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
449 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
450 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
451 *
452 * For most core repos:
453 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
454 * container : backend container name the zone is in
455 * directory : root path within container for the zone
456 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
457 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
458 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
459 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
460 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
461 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
462 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
463 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
464 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
465 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
466 * handler instead.
467 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
468 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
469 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
470 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
471 * - pathDisclosureProtection
472 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
473 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
474 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
475 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
476 * is 0644.
477 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
478 * some remote repos.
479 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
480 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
481 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
482 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
483 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
484 *
485 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
486 * for local repositories:
487 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
488 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
489 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
490 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
491 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
492 *
493 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
494 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
495 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
496 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
497 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
498 *
499 * ForeignDBRepo:
500 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
501 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
502 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
503 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
504 *
505 * ForeignAPIRepo:
506 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
507 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
508 *
509 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
510 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
511 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
512 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
513 * be searched after the local file repo.
514 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
515 *
516 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
517 */
518 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
519
520 /**
521 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
522 */
523 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
524
525 /**
526 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
527 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
528 * settings
529 */
530 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
531
532 /**
533 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
534 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
535 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
536 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
537 *
538 * Example:
539 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
540 */
541 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
542
543 /**
544 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
545 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
546 *
547 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
548 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
549 *
550 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
551 */
552 $wgUploadDialog = [
553 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
554 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
555 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
556 'fields' => [
557 'description' => true,
558 'date' => false,
559 'categories' => false,
560 ],
561 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
562 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
563 'licensemessages' => [
564 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
565 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
568 'local' => 'generic-local',
569 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
570 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
572 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
573 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
574 ],
575 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
576 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
577 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
578 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
579 'comment' => [
580 'local' => '',
581 'foreign' => '',
582 ],
583 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
584 'format' => [
585 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
586 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
587 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
588 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
589 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
590 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
591 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
592 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
593 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
594 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
595 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
596 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
597 // * $TEXT - input by the user
598 'description' => '$TEXT',
599 'ownwork' => '',
600 'license' => '',
601 'uncategorized' => '',
602 ],
603 ];
604
605 /**
606 * File backend structure configuration.
607 *
608 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
609 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
610 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
611 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
612 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
613 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
614 *
615 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
616 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
617 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
618 *
619 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
620 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
621 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
622 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
623 *
624 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
625 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
626 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
627 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
628 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
629 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
630 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
631 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
632 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
633 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
634 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
635 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
636 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
637 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
638 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
639 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
640 */
641 $wgFileBackends = [];
642
643 /**
644 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
645 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
646 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
647 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
648 *
649 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
650 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
651 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
652 *
653 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
654 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
655 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
656 */
657 $wgLockManagers = [];
658
659 /**
660 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
661 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
662 *
663 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
664 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
665 * extensions" section of php.ini:
666 * @code{.ini}
667 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
668 * @endcode
669 */
670 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
671
672 /**
673 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
674 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
675 * Defaults to false.
676 */
677 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
678
679 /**
680 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
681 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
682 * $wgUploadDirectory.
683 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
684 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
685 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
686 * directory.
687 *
688 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
689 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
690 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
691 */
692 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
693
694 /**
695 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
696 */
697 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
698
699 /**
700 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
701 */
702 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
703
704 /**
705 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
706 */
707 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
708
709 /**
710 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
711 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
712 */
713 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
714
715 /**
716 * Optional table prefix used in database.
717 */
718 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
719
720 /**
721 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
722 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
723 */
724 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
725
726 /**
727 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
728 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
729 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
730 */
731 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
732
733 /**
734 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
735 *
736 * @since 1.20
737 */
738 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
739
740 /**
741 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
742 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
743 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
744 */
745 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
746
747 /**
748 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
749 * @since 1.20
750 */
751 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
752
753 /**
754 * Different timeout for upload by url
755 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
756 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
757 * to default.
758 *
759 * @since 1.22
760 */
761 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
762
763 /**
764 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
765 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
766 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
767 * for non-specified types.
768 *
769 * @par Example:
770 * @code
771 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
772 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
773 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
774 * ];
775 * @endcode
776 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
777 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
778 */
779 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
780
781 /**
782 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
783 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
784 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
785 * @since 1.26
786 */
787 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
788
789 /**
790 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
791 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
792 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
793 *
794 * @par Example:
795 * @code
796 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
797 * @endcode
798 */
799 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
800
801 /**
802 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
803 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
804 * appended to it as appropriate.
805 */
806 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
807
808 /**
809 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
810 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
811 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
812 * access to the thumbnail path.
813 *
814 * @par Example:
815 * @code
816 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
817 * @endcode
818 */
819 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
820
821 /**
822 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
823 */
824 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
825
826 /**
827 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
828 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
829 *
830 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
831 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
832 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
833 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
834 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
835 *
836 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
837 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
838 */
839 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
840
841 /**
842 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
843 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
844 * directory layout.
845 */
846 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
847
848 /**
849 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
850 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
851 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
852 * image description page on this wiki.
853 *
854 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
855 */
856 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
857
858 /**
859 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
860 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
861 *
862 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
863 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
864 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
865 */
866 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
867
868 /**
869 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
870 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
871 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
872 */
873 $wgFileBlacklist = [
874 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
875 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
876 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
877 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
878 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
879 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
880 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
881 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
882
883 /**
884 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
885 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
886 */
887 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
888 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
889 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
890 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
891 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
892 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
893 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
894 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
895 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
896 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
897 'application/x-msmetafile',
898 ];
899
900 /**
901 * Allow Java archive uploads.
902 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
903 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
904 */
905 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
906
907 /**
908 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
909 *
910 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
911 */
912 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
913
914 /**
915 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
916 * by $wgFileExtensions.
917 *
918 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
919 */
920 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
921
922 /**
923 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
924 *
925 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
926 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
927 */
928 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
929
930 /**
931 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
932 */
933 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
934
935 /**
936 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
937 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
938 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
939 *
940 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
941 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
942 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
943 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
944 */
945 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
946 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
947 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
948 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
949 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
950 "application/pdf", // PDF files
951 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
952 ];
953
954 /**
955 * Plugins for media file type handling.
956 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
957 *
958 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
959 * and extensions should use extension.json.
960 */
961 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
962
963 /**
964 * Plugins for page content model handling.
965 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
966 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
967 *
968 * @since 1.21
969 */
970 $wgContentHandlers = [
971 // the usual case
972 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
973 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
974 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
975 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
976 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
977 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
978 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
979 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
980 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
981 ];
982
983 /**
984 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
985 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
986 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
987 */
988 $wgUseImageResize = true;
989
990 /**
991 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
992 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
993 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
994 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
995 *
996 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
997 */
998 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
999
1000 /**
1001 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1002 */
1003 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1004
1005 /**
1006 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1007 * @since 1.27
1008 */
1009 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1010
1011 /**
1012 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1013 */
1014 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1015
1016 /**
1017 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1018 */
1019 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1020
1021 /**
1022 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1023 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1024 */
1025 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1026
1027 /**
1028 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1029 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1030 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1031 *
1032 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1033 * @code
1034 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1035 * @endcode
1036 *
1037 * Leave as false to skip this.
1038 */
1039 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1040
1041 /**
1042 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1043 *
1044 * @since 1.21
1045 */
1046 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1047
1048 /**
1049 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1050 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1051 * at sharp edges.
1052 *
1053 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1054 *
1055 * Supported values:
1056 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1057 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1058 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1059 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1060 *
1061 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1062 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1063 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1064 *
1065 * @since 1.27
1066 */
1067 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1068
1069 /**
1070 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1071 * image formats.
1072 */
1073 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1074
1075 /**
1076 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1077 *
1078 * @since 1.26
1079 */
1080 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1081
1082 /**
1083 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1084 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1085 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1086 *
1087 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1088 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1089 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1090 */
1091 $wgSVGConverters = [
1092 'ImageMagick' =>
1093 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1094 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1095 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1096 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1097 . '$output $input',
1098 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1099 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1100 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1101 ];
1102
1103 /**
1104 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1105 */
1106 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1107
1108 /**
1109 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1110 */
1111 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1112
1113 /**
1114 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1115 */
1116 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1117
1118 /**
1119 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1120 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1121 */
1122 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1123
1124 /**
1125 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1126 *
1127 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1128 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1129 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1130 *
1131 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1132 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1133 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1134 */
1135 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1136
1137 /**
1138 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1139 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1140 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1141 *
1142 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1143 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1144 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1145 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1146 *
1147 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1148 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1149 */
1150 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1151
1152 /**
1153 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1154 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1155 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1156 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1157 */
1158 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1159
1160 /**
1161 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1162 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1163 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1164 *
1165 * @par Example:
1166 * @code
1167 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1168 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1169 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1170 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1171 * @endcode
1172 */
1173 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1174
1175 /**
1176 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1177 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1178 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1179 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1180 */
1181 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1182
1183 /**
1184 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1185 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1186 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1187 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1188 */
1189 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1190
1191 /**
1192 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1193 * output instead of showing an error message.
1194 *
1195 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1196 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1197 *
1198 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1199 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1200 * are logged to a file for review.
1201 */
1202 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1203
1204 /**
1205 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1206 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1207 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1208 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1209 * webserver(s).
1210 */
1211 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1212
1213 /**
1214 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1215 */
1216 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1217
1218 /**
1219 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1220 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1221 * is available that can rotate.
1222 */
1223 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1224
1225 /**
1226 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1227 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1228 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1229 */
1230 $wgAntivirus = null;
1231
1232 /**
1233 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1234 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1235 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1236 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1237 *
1238 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1239 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1240 *
1241 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1242 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1243 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1244 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1245 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1246 * path.
1247 *
1248 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1249 * function in SpecialUpload.
1250 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1251 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1252 * is not set.
1253 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1254 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1255 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1256 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1257 * no virus was found.
1258 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1259 * a virus.
1260 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1261 *
1262 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1263 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1264 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1265 */
1266 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1267
1268 # setup for clamav
1269 'clamav' => [
1270 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1271 'codemap' => [
1272 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1273 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1274 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1275 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1276 ],
1277 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1278 ],
1279 ];
1280
1281 /**
1282 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1283 */
1284 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1285
1286 /**
1287 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1288 */
1289 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1290
1291 /**
1292 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1293 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1294 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1295 */
1296 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1297
1298 /**
1299 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1300 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1301 */
1302 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1303
1304 /**
1305 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1306 * the MIME type to standard output.
1307 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1308 * If not set or NULL, PHP's fileinfo extension will be used if available.
1309 *
1310 * @par Example:
1311 * @code
1312 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1313 * @endcode
1314 */
1315 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1316
1317 /**
1318 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1319 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1320 * can be trusted.
1321 */
1322 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1323
1324 /**
1325 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1326 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1327 */
1328 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1329 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1330 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1331 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1332 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1333 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1334 ];
1335
1336 /**
1337 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1338 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1339 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1340 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1341 * change it if you alter the array (see bug 8858).
1342 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1343 */
1344 $wgImageLimits = [
1345 [ 320, 240 ],
1346 [ 640, 480 ],
1347 [ 800, 600 ],
1348 [ 1024, 768 ],
1349 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1350 ];
1351
1352 /**
1353 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1354 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1355 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1356 */
1357 $wgThumbLimits = [
1358 120,
1359 150,
1360 180,
1361 200,
1362 250,
1363 300
1364 ];
1365
1366 /**
1367 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1368 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1369 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1370 *
1371 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1372 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1373 * supports it.
1374 */
1375 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1376
1377 /**
1378 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1379 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1380 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1381 * following buckets:
1382 *
1383 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1384 *
1385 * and a distance of 50:
1386 *
1387 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1388 *
1389 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1390 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1391 */
1392 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1393
1394 /**
1395 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1396 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1397 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1398 *
1399 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1400 *
1401 * @since 1.25
1402 */
1403
1404 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1405
1406 /**
1407 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1408 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1409 *
1410 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1411 * thumbnail's URL.
1412 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1413 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1414 *
1415 * @since 1.25
1416 */
1417 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1418
1419 /**
1420 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1421 *
1422 * @since 1.25
1423 */
1424 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1425
1426 /**
1427 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1428 * HTTP request to.
1429 *
1430 * @since 1.25
1431 */
1432 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1433
1434 /**
1435 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1436 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1437 *
1438 * @since 1.26
1439 */
1440 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1441
1442 /**
1443 * Default parameters for the "<gallery>" tag
1444 */
1445 $wgGalleryOptions = [
1446 'imagesPerRow' => 0, // Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1447 'imageWidth' => 120, // Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1448 'imageHeight' => 120, // Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1449 'captionLength' => true, // Deprecated @since 1.28
1450 // Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1451 // A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1452 // and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1453 'showBytes' => true, // Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1454 'mode' => 'traditional',
1455 ];
1456
1457 /**
1458 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1459 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1460 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1461 */
1462 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1463
1464 /**
1465 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1466 */
1467 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1468
1469 /**
1470 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1471 *
1472 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1473 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1474 *
1475 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1476 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1477 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1478 */
1479 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1480
1481 /**
1482 * @name DJVU settings
1483 * @{
1484 */
1485
1486 /**
1487 * Path of the djvudump executable
1488 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1489 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1490 */
1491 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1492
1493 /**
1494 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1495 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1496 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1497 */
1498 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1499
1500 /**
1501 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1502 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1503 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1504 */
1505 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1506
1507 /**
1508 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1509 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1510 *
1511 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1512 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1513 * the efficiency problem.
1514 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1515 *
1516 * @par Example:
1517 * @code
1518 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1519 * @endcode
1520 */
1521 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1522
1523 /**
1524 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1525 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1526 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1527 */
1528 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1529
1530 /**
1531 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1532 */
1533 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1534
1535 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1536
1537 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1538
1539 /************************************************************************//**
1540 * @name Email settings
1541 * @{
1542 */
1543
1544 /**
1545 * Site admin email address.
1546 *
1547 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1548 */
1549 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1550
1551 /**
1552 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1553 *
1554 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1555 *
1556 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1557 */
1558 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1559
1560 /**
1561 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1562 *
1563 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1564 */
1565 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1566
1567 /**
1568 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1569 *
1570 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1571 */
1572 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1573
1574 /**
1575 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1576 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1577 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1578 */
1579 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1580
1581 /**
1582 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1583 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1584 */
1585 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1586
1587 /**
1588 * Set to true to put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1589 * instead of From. ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1590 *
1591 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1592 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1593 * when bounces are sent to the sender.
1594 */
1595 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = false;
1596
1597 /**
1598 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1599 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1600 */
1601 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1602
1603 /**
1604 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1605 */
1606 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1607
1608 /**
1609 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1610 */
1611 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1612
1613 /**
1614 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1615 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1616 */
1617 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1618
1619 /**
1620 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1621 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1622 */
1623 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1624
1625 /**
1626 * SMTP Mode.
1627 *
1628 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1629 * Default to false or fill an array :
1630 *
1631 * @code
1632 * $wgSMTP = [
1633 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1634 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1635 * 'port' => '25',
1636 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1637 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1638 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1639 * ];
1640 * @endcode
1641 */
1642 $wgSMTP = false;
1643
1644 /**
1645 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1646 */
1647 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1648
1649 /**
1650 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1651 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1652 */
1653 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1654
1655 /**
1656 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1657 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1658 */
1659 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1660
1661 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1662 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1663 # enable or disable at their discretion
1664 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1665 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1666
1667 /**
1668 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1669 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1670 * spam relay.
1671 */
1672 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1673
1674 /**
1675 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1676 */
1677 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1678
1679 /**
1680 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1681 * user talk page.
1682 *
1683 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1684 * preference set to true.
1685 */
1686 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1687
1688 /**
1689 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1690 * allowed this in the preferences.
1691 */
1692 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1693
1694 /**
1695 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1696 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1697 *
1698 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1699 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1700 *
1701 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1702 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1703 *
1704 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1705 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1706 */
1707 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1708
1709 /**
1710 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1711 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1712 *
1713 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1714 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1715 */
1716 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1717
1718 /**
1719 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1720 * match the limit on your mail server.
1721 */
1722 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1723
1724 /**
1725 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1726 */
1727 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1728
1729 /**
1730 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1731 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1732 */
1733 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1734
1735 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1736
1737 /************************************************************************//**
1738 * @name Database settings
1739 * @{
1740 */
1741
1742 /**
1743 * Database host name or IP address
1744 */
1745 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1746
1747 /**
1748 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1749 */
1750 $wgDBport = 5432;
1751
1752 /**
1753 * Name of the database
1754 */
1755 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1756
1757 /**
1758 * Database username
1759 */
1760 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1761
1762 /**
1763 * Database user's password
1764 */
1765 $wgDBpassword = '';
1766
1767 /**
1768 * Database type
1769 */
1770 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1771
1772 /**
1773 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1774 *
1775 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1776 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1777 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1778 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1779 */
1780 $wgDBssl = false;
1781
1782 /**
1783 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1784 *
1785 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1786 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1787 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1788 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1789 */
1790 $wgDBcompress = false;
1791
1792 /**
1793 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1794 */
1795 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1796
1797 /**
1798 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1799 */
1800 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1801
1802 /**
1803 * Search type.
1804 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1805 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1806 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1807 */
1808 $wgSearchType = null;
1809
1810 /**
1811 * Alternative search types
1812 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1813 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1814 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1815 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1816 */
1817 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1818
1819 /**
1820 * Table name prefix
1821 */
1822 $wgDBprefix = '';
1823
1824 /**
1825 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1826 */
1827 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1828
1829 /**
1830 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1831 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1832 * DBA has done his best job.
1833 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1834 */
1835 $wgSQLMode = '';
1836
1837 /**
1838 * Mediawiki schema
1839 */
1840 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1841
1842 /**
1843 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1844 */
1845 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1846
1847 /**
1848 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1849 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1850 * main database.
1851 *
1852 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1853 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1854 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1855 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1856 *
1857 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1858 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1859 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1860 *
1861 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1862 * $wgDBprefix.
1863 *
1864 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1865 * $wgDBmwschema.
1866 *
1867 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1868 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1869 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1870 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1871 */
1872 $wgSharedDB = null;
1873
1874 /**
1875 * @see $wgSharedDB
1876 */
1877 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1878
1879 /**
1880 * @see $wgSharedDB
1881 */
1882 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1883
1884 /**
1885 * @see $wgSharedDB
1886 * @since 1.23
1887 */
1888 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1889
1890 /**
1891 * Database load balancer
1892 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1893 * Fields are:
1894 * - host: Host name
1895 * - dbname: Default database name
1896 * - user: DB user
1897 * - password: DB password
1898 * - type: DB type
1899 *
1900 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1901 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1902 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1903 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1904 *
1905 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1906 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1907 *
1908 * - flags: bit field
1909 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1910 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1911 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1912 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1913 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1914 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1915 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1916 * if available
1917 *
1918 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1919 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1920 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1921 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1922 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1923 *
1924 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1925 * variable of the Database object.
1926 *
1927 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1928 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1929 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1930 *
1931 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1932 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1933 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1934 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1935 *
1936 * @code
1937 * SET @@read_only=1;
1938 * @endcode
1939 *
1940 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1941 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1942 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1943 */
1944 $wgDBservers = false;
1945
1946 /**
1947 * Load balancer factory configuration
1948 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1949 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1950 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1951 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1952 *
1953 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1954 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1955 */
1956 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1957
1958 /**
1959 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1960 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1961 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1962 * @since 1.27
1963 */
1964 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1965
1966 /**
1967 * File to log database errors to
1968 */
1969 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1970
1971 /**
1972 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1973 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1974 *
1975 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1976 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1977 *
1978 * @par Examples:
1979 * @code
1980 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1981 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
1982 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
1983 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
1984 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
1985 * @endcode
1986 *
1987 * @since 1.20
1988 */
1989 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
1990
1991 /**
1992 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
1993 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
1994 *
1995 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
1996 *
1997 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
1998 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
1999 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2000 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2001 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2002 *
2003 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2004 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2005 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2006 */
2007 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2008
2009 /**
2010 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2011 *
2012 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2013 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2014 * block).
2015 *
2016 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2017 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2018 * connections.
2019 *
2020 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2021 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2022 * pooled.
2023 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2024 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2025 *
2026 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2027 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2028 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2029 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2030 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2031 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2032 *
2033 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2034 *
2035 */
2036 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2037
2038 /**
2039 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
2040 * account.
2041 * Array numeric key => database name
2042 */
2043 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2044
2045 /**
2046 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2047 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2048 * show a more obvious warning.
2049 */
2050 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2051
2052 /**
2053 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2054 */
2055 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2056
2057 /**
2058 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2059 */
2060 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2061
2062 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2063
2064 /************************************************************************//**
2065 * @name Text storage
2066 * @{
2067 */
2068
2069 /**
2070 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2071 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2072 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2073 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2074 */
2075 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2076
2077 /**
2078 * External stores allow including content
2079 * from non database sources following URL links.
2080 *
2081 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2082 * @code
2083 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2084 * @endcode
2085 *
2086 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2087 */
2088 $wgExternalStores = [];
2089
2090 /**
2091 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2092 *
2093 * @par Example:
2094 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2095 * @code
2096 * $wgExternalServers = [
2097 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2098 * ];
2099 * @endcode
2100 *
2101 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2102 * another class.
2103 */
2104 $wgExternalServers = [];
2105
2106 /**
2107 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2108 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2109 *
2110 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2111 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2112 *
2113 * @par Example:
2114 * @code
2115 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2116 * @endcode
2117 *
2118 * @var array
2119 */
2120 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2121
2122 /**
2123 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2124 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2125 *
2126 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2127 */
2128 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2129
2130 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2131
2132 /************************************************************************//**
2133 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2134 * @{
2135 */
2136
2137 /**
2138 * Disable database-intensive features
2139 */
2140 $wgMiserMode = false;
2141
2142 /**
2143 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2144 */
2145 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2146
2147 /**
2148 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2149 */
2150 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2151
2152 /**
2153 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2154 */
2155 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2156
2157 /**
2158 * Enable slow parser functions
2159 */
2160 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2161
2162 /**
2163 * Allow schema updates
2164 */
2165 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2166
2167 /**
2168 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2169 */
2170 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2171
2172 /**
2173 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2174 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2175 */
2176 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2177
2178 /**
2179 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2180 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2181 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2182 * @since 1.26
2183 */
2184 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2185
2186 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2187
2188 /************************************************************************//**
2189 * @name Cache settings
2190 * @{
2191 */
2192
2193 /**
2194 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2195 * from the web.
2196 *
2197 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2198 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2199 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2200 */
2201 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2202
2203 /**
2204 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2205 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2206 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2207 *
2208 * The options are:
2209 *
2210 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2211 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2212 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2213 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2214 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU, XCache or WinCache
2215 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2216 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2217 *
2218 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2219 */
2220 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2221
2222 /**
2223 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2224 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2225 *
2226 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2227 */
2228 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2229
2230 /**
2231 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2232 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2233 *
2234 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2235 */
2236 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2237
2238 /**
2239 * The cache type for storing session data.
2240 *
2241 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2242 */
2243 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2244
2245 /**
2246 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2247 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2248 *
2249 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2250 *
2251 * @since 1.20
2252 */
2253 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2254
2255 /**
2256 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2257 *
2258 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2259 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2260 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2261 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2262 *
2263 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2264 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2265 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2266 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2267 */
2268 $wgObjectCaches = [
2269 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2270 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2271
2272 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2273 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2274 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2275
2276 'db-replicated' => [
2277 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2278 'readFactory' => [
2279 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2280 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2281 ],
2282 'writeFactory' => [
2283 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2284 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2285 ],
2286 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2287 'reportDupes' => false
2288 ],
2289
2290 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2291 'apcu' => [ 'class' => 'APCUBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2292 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2293 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2294 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2295 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2296 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2297 ];
2298
2299 /**
2300 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2301 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2302 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2303 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2304 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2305 *
2306 * The options are:
2307 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2308 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2309 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2310 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2311 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2312 * @since 1.26
2313 */
2314 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2315
2316 /**
2317 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2318 *
2319 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2320 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2321 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2322 *
2323 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2324 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2325 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2326 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2327 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2328 *
2329 * @since 1.26
2330 */
2331 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2332 CACHE_NONE => [
2333 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2334 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2335 'channels' => []
2336 ]
2337 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2338 'memcached-php' => [
2339 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2340 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2341 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2342 ]
2343 */
2344 ];
2345
2346 /**
2347 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2348 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2349 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2350 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2351 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2352 *
2353 * The options are:
2354 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2355 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2356 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2357 *
2358 * @since 1.26
2359 */
2360 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2361
2362 /**
2363 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2364 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2365 */
2366 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2367
2368 /**
2369 * Deprecated alias for $wgSessionsInObjectCache.
2370 *
2371 * @deprecated since 1.20; Use $wgSessionsInObjectCache
2372 */
2373 $wgSessionsInMemcached = true;
2374
2375 /**
2376 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2377 */
2378 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2379
2380 /**
2381 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2382 */
2383 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2384
2385 /**
2386 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2387 */
2388 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2389
2390 /**
2391 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2392 *
2393 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2394 *
2395 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2396 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2397 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2398 * others' cookies.
2399 *
2400 * @since 1.27
2401 * @var string
2402 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2403 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2404 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2405 */
2406 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2407
2408 /**
2409 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2410 *
2411 * @since 1.28
2412 */
2413 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2414
2415 /**
2416 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2417 */
2418 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2419
2420 /**
2421 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2422 */
2423 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2424
2425 /**
2426 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2427 * requests.
2428 */
2429 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2430
2431 /**
2432 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2433 */
2434 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2435
2436 /**
2437 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2438 *
2439 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2440 *
2441 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2442 *
2443 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2444 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2445 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2446 */
2447 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2448
2449 /**
2450 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2451 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2452 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2453 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2454 */
2455 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2456
2457 /**
2458 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2459 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2460 *
2461 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2462 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2463 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2464 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2465 * otherwise the database will be used.
2466 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2467 * store static arrays.
2468 *
2469 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2470 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2471 *
2472 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2473 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2474 * will be used.
2475 *
2476 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2477 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2478 */
2479 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2480 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2481 'store' => 'detect',
2482 'storeClass' => false,
2483 'storeDirectory' => false,
2484 'manualRecache' => false,
2485 ];
2486
2487 /**
2488 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2489 */
2490 $wgCachePages = true;
2491
2492 /**
2493 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2494 * client-side and server-side caching.
2495 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2496 * @verbatim
2497 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2498 * @endverbatim
2499 */
2500 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2501
2502 /**
2503 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2504 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2505 */
2506 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2507
2508 /**
2509 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2510 *
2511 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2512 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2513 * styles.
2514 */
2515 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2516
2517 /**
2518 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2519 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2520 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2521 */
2522 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2523
2524 /**
2525 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2526 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2527 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2528 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2529 */
2530 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2531
2532 /**
2533 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2534 * @deprecated since 1.26
2535 */
2536 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2537
2538 /**
2539 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2540 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2541 */
2542 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2543
2544 /**
2545 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2546 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2547 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2548 *
2549 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2550 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2551 * don't update as expected.
2552 */
2553 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2554
2555 /**
2556 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2557 */
2558 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2559
2560 /**
2561 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2562 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2563 *
2564 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2565 */
2566 $wgUseGzip = false;
2567
2568 /**
2569 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2570 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2571 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2572 * a grace period.
2573 */
2574 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2575
2576 /**
2577 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2578 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2579 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2580 *
2581 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2582 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2583 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2584 */
2585 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2586
2587 /**
2588 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2589 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2590 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2591 *
2592 * @par Example:
2593 * @code
2594 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2595 * @endcode
2596 *
2597 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2598 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2599 *
2600 * @var int|bool
2601 */
2602 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2603
2604 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2605
2606 /************************************************************************//**
2607 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2608 *
2609 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2610 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2611 *
2612 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2613 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2614 * more details.
2615 *
2616 * @{
2617 */
2618
2619 /**
2620 * Enable/disable CDN.
2621 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2622 */
2623 $wgUseSquid = false;
2624
2625 /**
2626 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2627 */
2628 $wgUseESI = false;
2629
2630 /**
2631 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2632 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2633 * @since 1.27
2634 */
2635 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2636
2637 /**
2638 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2639 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2640 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2641 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2642 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2643 * HTTP redirects.
2644 */
2645 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2646
2647 /**
2648 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2649 *
2650 * @par Example:
2651 * @code
2652 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2653 * @endcode
2654 */
2655 $wgInternalServer = false;
2656
2657 /**
2658 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2659 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2660 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2661 *
2662 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2663 */
2664 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2665
2666 /**
2667 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2668 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2669 * @since 1.27
2670 */
2671 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2672
2673 /**
2674 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2675 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2676 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2677 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2678 *
2679 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2680 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2681 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2682 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2683 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2684 *
2685 * @since 1.27
2686 */
2687 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2688
2689 /**
2690 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2691 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2692 * @since 1.27
2693 */
2694 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2695
2696 /**
2697 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2698 *
2699 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2700 */
2701 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2702
2703 /**
2704 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2705 *
2706 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2707 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2708 *
2709 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2710 */
2711 $wgSquidServers = [];
2712
2713 /**
2714 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2715 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2716 * CIDR blocks.
2717 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2718 */
2719 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2720
2721 /**
2722 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2723 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2724 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2725 *
2726 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2727 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2728 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2729 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2730 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2731 *
2732 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2733 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2734 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2735 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2736 * reverse).
2737 *
2738 * @since 1.21
2739 */
2740 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2741
2742 /**
2743 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2744 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2745 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2746 *
2747 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2748 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2749 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2750 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2751 *
2752 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2753 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2754 * @code
2755 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2756 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2757 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2758 * 'port' => 4827,
2759 * ],
2760 * '' => [
2761 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2762 * 'port' => 4827,
2763 * ],
2764 * ];
2765 * @endcode
2766 *
2767 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2768 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2769 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2770 *
2771 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2772 * @code
2773 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2774 * '' => [
2775 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2776 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2777 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2778 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2779 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2780 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2781 * ],
2782 * ];
2783 * @endcode
2784 *
2785 * @since 1.22
2786 *
2787 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2788 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2789 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2790 *
2791 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2792 */
2793 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2794
2795 /**
2796 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2797 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2798 */
2799 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2800
2801 /**
2802 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2803 */
2804 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2805
2806 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2807
2808 /************************************************************************//**
2809 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2810 * @{
2811 */
2812
2813 /**
2814 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2815 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2816 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2817 *
2818 * Warning: Don't use language codes listed in $wgDummyLanguageCodes like "no"
2819 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead), or things will break unexpectedly.
2820 *
2821 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2822 * change it in their preferences.
2823 *
2824 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2825 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2826 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2827 */
2828 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2829
2830 /**
2831 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2832 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2833 */
2834 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2835
2836 /**
2837 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2838 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2839 *
2840 * @par Example:
2841 * @code
2842 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2843 * @endcode
2844 */
2845 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2846
2847 /**
2848 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2849 */
2850 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2851
2852 /**
2853 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2854 */
2855 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2856
2857 /**
2858 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2859 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2860 * Notes:
2861 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2862 * map.
2863 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2864 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2865 * this array.
2866 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2867 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2868 * the prefix in this array.
2869 */
2870 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2871
2872 /**
2873 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2874 */
2875 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2876
2877 /**
2878 * List of language codes that don't correspond to an actual language.
2879 * These codes are mostly left-offs from renames, or other legacy things.
2880 * This array makes them not appear as a selectable language on the installer,
2881 * and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2882 */
2883 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [
2884 'als' => 'gsw',
2885 'bat-smg' => 'sgs',
2886 'be-x-old' => 'be-tarask',
2887 'bh' => 'bho',
2888 'fiu-vro' => 'vro',
2889 'no' => 'nb',
2890 'qqq' => 'qqq', # Used for message documentation.
2891 'qqx' => 'qqx', # Used for viewing message keys.
2892 'roa-rup' => 'rup',
2893 'simple' => 'en',
2894 'zh-classical' => 'lzh',
2895 'zh-min-nan' => 'nan',
2896 'zh-yue' => 'yue',
2897 ];
2898
2899 /**
2900 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2901 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2902 * set to "ar".
2903 *
2904 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2905 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2906 */
2907 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2908
2909 /**
2910 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2911 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2912 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2913 * support these characters.
2914 *
2915 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2916 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2917 */
2918 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2919
2920 /**
2921 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2922 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2923 * impact.
2924 *
2925 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2926 * details.
2927 *
2928 * @since 1.17
2929 */
2930 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2931
2932 /**
2933 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2934 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2935 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2936 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2937 *
2938 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2939 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2940 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2941 */
2942 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2943
2944 /**
2945 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2946 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2947 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2948 */
2949 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2950 /**
2951 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2952 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2953 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2954 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2955 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2956 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2957 *
2958 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2959 */
2960 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2961 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2962 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2963
2964 /**
2965 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2966 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2967 *
2968 * Known useragents:
2969 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2970 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
2971 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
2972 * - [...]
2973 *
2974 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
2975 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
2976 */
2977 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
2978
2979 /**
2980 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
2981 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
2982 */
2983 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
2984 ];
2985
2986 /**
2987 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
2988 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
2989 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
2990 *
2991 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
2992 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
2993 * to remain viewable.
2994 *
2995 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
2996 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
2997 */
2998 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
2999
3000 /**
3001 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3002 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3003 */
3004 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3005
3006 /**
3007 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3008 * numerals in interface.
3009 */
3010 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3011
3012 /**
3013 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3014 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3015 */
3016 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3017
3018 /**
3019 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3020 */
3021 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3022
3023 /**
3024 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3025 */
3026 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3027
3028 /**
3029 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3030 */
3031 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3032
3033 /**
3034 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3035 */
3036 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3037
3038 /**
3039 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3040 */
3041 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3042
3043 /**
3044 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3045 *
3046 * @par Example:
3047 * @code
3048 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3049 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3050 * @endcode
3051 */
3052 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3053
3054 /**
3055 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3056 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3057 * language variant.
3058 *
3059 * @par Example:
3060 * @code
3061 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3062 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3063 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3064 * @endcode
3065 *
3066 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3067 *
3068 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3069 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3070 */
3071 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3072
3073 /**
3074 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3075 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3076 * customise these.
3077 */
3078 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3079
3080 /**
3081 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3082 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3083 *
3084 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3085 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3086 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3087 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3088 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3089 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3090 * the default behavior.
3091 *
3092 * @par Example:
3093 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3094 * portal:
3095 * @code
3096 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3097 * @endcode
3098 */
3099 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3100
3101 /**
3102 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3103 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3104 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3105 *
3106 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3107 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3108 *
3109 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3110 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3111 *
3112 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3113 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3114 *
3115 * @par Examples:
3116 * @code
3117 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3118 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3119 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3120 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3121 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3122 * @endcode
3123 */
3124 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3125
3126 /**
3127 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3128 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3129 *
3130 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3131 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3132 *
3133 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3134 */
3135 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3136
3137 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3138
3139 /*************************************************************************//**
3140 * @name Output format and skin settings
3141 * @{
3142 */
3143
3144 /**
3145 * The default Content-Type header.
3146 */
3147 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3148
3149 /**
3150 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3151 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3152 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3153 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3154 * @deprecated since 1.22
3155 */
3156 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3157
3158 /**
3159 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3160 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3161 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3162 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3163 * @deprecated since 1.22
3164 */
3165 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3166
3167 /**
3168 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3169 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3170 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3171 * to true by Setup.php.
3172 * @deprecated since 1.22
3173 */
3174 $wgHtml5 = true;
3175
3176 /**
3177 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3178 *
3179 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3180 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3181 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3182 * @since 1.16
3183 */
3184 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3185
3186 /**
3187 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3188 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3189 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3190 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3191 * @since 1.24
3192 */
3193 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3194
3195 /**
3196 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3197 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3198 * stable and change has been communicated.
3199 * @since 1.24
3200 */
3201 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3202
3203 /**
3204 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3205 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3206 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3207 *
3208 * @since 1.28
3209 */
3210 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3211
3212 /**
3213 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3214 *
3215 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3216 *
3217 * @par Example:
3218 * @code
3219 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3220 * @endcode
3221 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3222 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3223 *
3224 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3225 */
3226 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3227
3228 /**
3229 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3230 *
3231 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3232 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3233 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3234 */
3235 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3236
3237 /**
3238 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3239 */
3240 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3241
3242 /**
3243 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3244 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3245 */
3246 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3247
3248 /**
3249 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3250 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3251 */
3252 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3253
3254 /**
3255 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3256 *
3257 * @since 1.24
3258 */
3259 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3260
3261 /**
3262 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3263 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3264 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3265 */
3266 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3267
3268 /**
3269 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3270 */
3271 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3272
3273 /**
3274 * Allow user Javascript page?
3275 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3276 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3277 */
3278 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3279
3280 /**
3281 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3282 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3283 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3284 */
3285 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3286
3287 /**
3288 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3289 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3290 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3291 */
3292 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3293
3294 /**
3295 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3296 */
3297 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3298
3299 /**
3300 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3301 */
3302 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3303
3304 /**
3305 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3306 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3307 */
3308 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3309
3310 /**
3311 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3312 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3313 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3314 *
3315 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3316 *
3317 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3318 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3319 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3320 *
3321 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3322 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3323 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3324 * recommended.
3325 *
3326 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3327 * not just edit pages.
3328 */
3329 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3330
3331 /**
3332 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3333 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3334 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3335 * Options are:
3336 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3337 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3338 * - false: Allow all framing.
3339 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3340 */
3341 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3342
3343 /**
3344 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3345 */
3346 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3347
3348 /**
3349 * Should we allow a broader set of characters in id attributes, per HTML5? If
3350 * not, use only HTML 4-compatible IDs. This option is for testing -- when the
3351 * functionality is ready, it will be on by default with no option.
3352 *
3353 * Currently this appears to work fine in all browsers, but it's disabled by
3354 * default because it normalizes id's a bit too aggressively, breaking preexisting
3355 * content (particularly Cite). See bug 27733, bug 27694, bug 27474.
3356 */
3357 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3358
3359 /**
3360 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3361 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3362 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3363 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3364 *
3365 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3366 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3367 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3368 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3369 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3370 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3371 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3372 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3373 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3374 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3375 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3376 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3377 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3378 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3379 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3380 * not be outputted
3381 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3382 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3383 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3384 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3385 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3386 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3387 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3388 */
3389 $wgFooterIcons = [
3390 "copyright" => [
3391 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3392 ],
3393 "poweredby" => [
3394 "mediawiki" => [
3395 // Defaults to point at
3396 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3397 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3398 "src" => null,
3399 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3400 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3401 ]
3402 ],
3403 ];
3404
3405 /**
3406 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3407 * to create an account.
3408 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3409 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3410 */
3411 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3412
3413 /**
3414 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3415 */
3416 $wgEdititis = false;
3417
3418 /**
3419 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3420 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3421 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3422 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3423 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3424 *
3425 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3426 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3427 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3428 */
3429 $wgSend404Code = true;
3430
3431 /**
3432 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3433 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3434 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3435 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3436 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3437 *
3438 * @since 1.20
3439 */
3440 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3441
3442 /**
3443 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3444 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3445 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3446 * unconditionally.
3447 */
3448 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3449
3450 /**
3451 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3452 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3453 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3454 * the domain root.
3455 *
3456 * @since 1.25
3457 */
3458 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3459
3460 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3461
3462 /*************************************************************************//**
3463 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3464 * @{
3465 */
3466
3467 /**
3468 * Client-side resource modules.
3469 *
3470 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3471 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3472 *
3473 * @par Example:
3474 * @code
3475 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3476 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3477 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3478 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3479 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3480 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3481 * ];
3482 * @endcode
3483 */
3484 $wgResourceModules = [];
3485
3486 /**
3487 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3488 *
3489 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3490 * not be modified or disabled.
3491 *
3492 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3493 *
3494 * @par Example:
3495 * @code
3496 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3497 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3498 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3499 * ];
3500 *
3501 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3502 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3503 * ];
3504 * @endcode
3505 *
3506 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3507 *
3508 * @par Equivalent:
3509 * @code
3510 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3511 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3512 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3513 * 'skinStyles' => [
3514 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3515 * ],
3516 * ];
3517 * @endcode
3518 *
3519 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3520 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3521 *
3522 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3523 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3524 *
3525 * @par Example:
3526 * @code
3527 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3528 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3529 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3530 * 'skinStyles' => [
3531 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3532 * ],
3533 * ];
3534 * // Note the '+' character:
3535 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3536 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3537 * ];
3538 * @endcode
3539 *
3540 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3541 *
3542 * @par Equivalent:
3543 * @code
3544 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3545 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3546 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3547 * 'skinStyles' => [
3548 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3549 * 'foo' => [
3550 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3551 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3552 * ],
3553 * ],
3554 * ];
3555 * @endcode
3556 *
3557 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3558 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3559 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3560 *
3561 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3562 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3563 *
3564 * @par Example:
3565 * @code
3566 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3567 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3568 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3569 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3570 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3571 * ];
3572 * @endcode
3573 */
3574 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3575
3576 /**
3577 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3578 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3579 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3580 *
3581 * @par Example:
3582 * @code
3583 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3584 * @endcode
3585 */
3586 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3587
3588 /**
3589 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3590 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3591 */
3592 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3593
3594 /**
3595 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3596 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3597 *
3598 * Following options to distinguish:
3599 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3600 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3601 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3602 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3603 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3604 *
3605 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3606 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3607 * client and MediaWiki.
3608 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3609 */
3610 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3611 'versioned' => [
3612 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3613 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3614 ],
3615 'unversioned' => [
3616 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3617 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3618 ],
3619 ];
3620
3621 /**
3622 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3623 *
3624 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3625 */
3626 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3627
3628 /**
3629 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3630 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3631 *
3632 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3633 */
3634 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3635
3636 /**
3637 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3638 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3639 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3640 *
3641 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3642 */
3643 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3644
3645 /**
3646 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3647 *
3648 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3649 */
3650 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3651
3652 /**
3653 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3654 *
3655 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3656 * work.
3657 *
3658 * @par Example of legacy code:
3659 * @code{,js}
3660 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3661 * @endcode
3662 * or:
3663 * @code{,js}
3664 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3665 * @endcode
3666 *
3667 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3668 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3669 * @code{,js}
3670 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3671 * @endcode
3672 * or:
3673 * @code{,js}
3674 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3675 * @endcode
3676 */
3677 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3678
3679 /**
3680 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3681 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3682 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3683 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3684 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3685 * that you can't increase.
3686 *
3687 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3688 * string length limit.
3689 *
3690 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3691 */
3692 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3693
3694 /**
3695 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3696 * prior to minification to validate it.
3697 *
3698 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3699 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3700 */
3701 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3702
3703 /**
3704 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3705 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3706 *
3707 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3708 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3709 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3710 */
3711 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3712
3713 /**
3714 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3715 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3716 *
3717 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3718 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3719 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3720 *
3721 * Changes to LESS variables do not trigger cache invalidation.
3722 *
3723 * If the LESS variables need to be dynamic, you can use the
3724 * ResourceLoaderGetLessVars hook (since 1.25).
3725 *
3726 * @par Example:
3727 * @code
3728 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3729 * 'baseFontSize' => '1em',
3730 * 'smallFontSize' => '0.75em',
3731 * 'WikimediaBlue' => '#006699',
3732 * ];
3733 * @endcode
3734 * @since 1.22
3735 */
3736 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3737 /**
3738 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3739 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3740 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3741 * @since 1.27
3742 */
3743 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3744 ];
3745
3746 /**
3747 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3748 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3749 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3750 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3751 *
3752 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3753 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3754 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3755 * files from its own tree.
3756 *
3757 * @since 1.22
3758 */
3759 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3760 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3761 ];
3762
3763 /**
3764 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3765 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3766 */
3767 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3768
3769 /**
3770 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3771 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3772 *
3773 * @since 1.23
3774 */
3775 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3776
3777 /**
3778 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3779 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3780 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3781 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3782 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3783 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3784 * from the rest of the site.
3785 *
3786 * @since 1.25
3787 */
3788 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3789
3790 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3791
3792 /*************************************************************************//**
3793 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3794 * @{
3795 */
3796
3797 /**
3798 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3799 * used instead.
3800 */
3801 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3802
3803 /**
3804 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3805 *
3806 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3807 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3808 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3809 */
3810 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3811
3812 /**
3813 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3814 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3815 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3816 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3817 * hook or extension.json.
3818 *
3819 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3820 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3821 * the new namespace name.
3822 *
3823 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3824 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3825 *
3826 * @par Example:
3827 * @code
3828 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3829 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3830 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3831 * 102 => "Aide",
3832 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3833 * ];
3834 * @endcode
3835 *
3836 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3837 */
3838 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3839
3840 /**
3841 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3842 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3843 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3844 * @since 1.18
3845 */
3846 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3847
3848 /**
3849 * Namespace aliases.
3850 *
3851 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3852 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3853 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3854 * name.
3855 *
3856 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3857 *
3858 * @par Example:
3859 * @code
3860 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3861 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3862 * 'Help' => 100,
3863 * ];
3864 * @endcode
3865 */
3866 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3867
3868 /**
3869 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3870 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3871 *
3872 * Problematic punctuation:
3873 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3874 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3875 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3876 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3877 * corrupted by apache
3878 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3879 *
3880 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3881 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3882 *
3883 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3884 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3885 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3886 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3887 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3888 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3889 *
3890 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3891 *
3892 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3893 * this breaks interlanguage links
3894 */
3895 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3896
3897 /**
3898 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3899 *
3900 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3901 */
3902 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3903
3904 /**
3905 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3906 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3907 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3908 *
3909 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3910 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3911 */
3912 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3913
3914 /**
3915 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3916 */
3917 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3918
3919 /**
3920 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3921 * @{
3922 */
3923
3924 /**
3925 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3926 * database (.cdb) file.
3927 *
3928 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3929 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3930 * formats such as the following:
3931 *
3932 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3933 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3934 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3935 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3936 *
3937 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3938 * data layout.
3939 *
3940 * @var bool|array|string
3941 */
3942 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3943
3944 /**
3945 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3946 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3947 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3948 * - 3: site levels
3949 */
3950 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3951
3952 /**
3953 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3954 */
3955 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3956
3957 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3958
3959 /**
3960 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3961 * @{
3962 */
3963
3964 /**
3965 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3966 */
3967 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3968
3969 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3970
3971 /**
3972 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3973 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3974 * as 'redirected from' links.
3975 *
3976 * @par Example:
3977 * It might look something like this:
3978 * @code
3979 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3980 * @endcode
3981 *
3982 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
3983 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
3984 * the URL.
3985 */
3986 $wgRedirectSources = false;
3987
3988 /**
3989 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
3990 *
3991 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
3992 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
3993 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
3994 */
3995 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
3996
3997 /**
3998 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
3999 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4000 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4001 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4002 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4003 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4004 * NS_FILE.
4005 *
4006 * @par Example:
4007 * @code
4008 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4009 * @endcode
4010 */
4011 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4012
4013 /**
4014 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4015 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4016 */
4017 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4018 NS_TALK => true,
4019 NS_USER => true,
4020 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4021 NS_PROJECT => true,
4022 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4023 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4024 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4025 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4026 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4027 NS_HELP => true,
4028 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4029 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4030 ];
4031
4032 /**
4033 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4034 *
4035 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4036 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4037 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4038 *
4039 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4040 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4041 *
4042 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4043 * the new extension registration system.
4044 *
4045 * @since 1.23
4046 */
4047 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4048
4049 /**
4050 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4051 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4052 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4053 * number of articles in the wiki.
4054 */
4055 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4056
4057 /**
4058 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4059 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4060 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4061 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4062 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4063 */
4064 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4065
4066 /**
4067 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4068 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4069 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4070 */
4071 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4072
4073 /**
4074 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4075 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4076 * will make the redirect fail.
4077 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4078 * (bug 10569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4079 *
4080 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4081 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4082 */
4083 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4084
4085 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4086
4087 /************************************************************************//**
4088 * @name Parser settings
4089 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4090 * @{
4091 */
4092
4093 /**
4094 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4095 *
4096 * class The class name
4097 *
4098 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4099 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4100 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4101 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4102 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4103 *
4104 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4105 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4106 *
4107 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4108 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4109 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4110 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4111 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4112 * an extension setup function.
4113 */
4114 $wgParserConf = [
4115 'class' => 'Parser',
4116 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4117 ];
4118
4119 /**
4120 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4121 */
4122 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4123
4124 /**
4125 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4126 * by PPFrame::expand()
4127 */
4128 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4129
4130 /**
4131 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4132 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4133 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4134 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4135 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4136 *
4137 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4138 */
4139 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4140
4141 /**
4142 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4143 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4144 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4145 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4146 */
4147 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4148
4149 /**
4150 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4151 */
4152 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4153
4154 /**
4155 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4156 *
4157 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4158 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4159 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See bug #44011 for
4160 * more information.
4161 *
4162 * @see wfParseUrl
4163 */
4164 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4165 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4166 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4167 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4168 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4169 ];
4170
4171 /**
4172 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4173 */
4174 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4175
4176 /**
4177 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4178 */
4179 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4180
4181 /**
4182 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4183 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4184 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4185 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4186 *
4187 * @par Examples:
4188 * @code
4189 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4190 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4191 * @endcode
4192 */
4193 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4194
4195 /**
4196 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4197 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4198 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4199 * The image will be displayed.
4200 *
4201 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4202 * Or false to disable it
4203 */
4204 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4205
4206 /**
4207 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4208 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4209 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4210 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4211 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4212 * sites they control.
4213 */
4214 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4215
4216 /**
4217 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4218 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4219 * used. See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4220 *
4221 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4222 * parameters will be used instead.
4223 *
4224 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4225 *
4226 * Keys are:
4227 * - driver: May be:
4228 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4229 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4230 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4231 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4232 * - Html5Internal: Use the built-in HTML5 balancer
4233 *
4234 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4235 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4236 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4237 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4238 */
4239 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4240
4241 /**
4242 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4243 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4244 */
4245 $wgUseTidy = false;
4246
4247 /**
4248 * The path to the tidy binary.
4249 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4250 */
4251 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4252
4253 /**
4254 * The path to the tidy config file
4255 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4256 */
4257 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4258
4259 /**
4260 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4261 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4262 */
4263 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4264
4265 /**
4266 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4267 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4268 */
4269 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4270
4271 /**
4272 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4273 * Only works for internal tidy.
4274 */
4275 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4276
4277 /**
4278 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4279 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4280 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4281 */
4282 $wgRawHtml = false;
4283
4284 /**
4285 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4286 *
4287 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4288 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4289 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4290 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4291 * to some of your users.
4292 */
4293 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4294
4295 /**
4296 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4297 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4298 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4299 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4300 */
4301 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4302
4303 /**
4304 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4305 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4306 */
4307 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4308
4309 /**
4310 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4311 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4312 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4313 *
4314 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4315 *
4316 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4317 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4318 * etc.
4319 *
4320 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4321 */
4322 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4323
4324 /**
4325 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4326 */
4327 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4328
4329 /**
4330 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4331 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4332 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4333 */
4334 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4335
4336 /**
4337 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4338 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4339 */
4340 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4341
4342 /**
4343 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4344 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4345 */
4346 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4347
4348 /**
4349 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4350 */
4351 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4352
4353 /**
4354 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4355 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4356 */
4357 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4358
4359 /**
4360 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4361 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4362 *
4363 * @since 1.28
4364 */
4365 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4366 'ISBN' => false,
4367 'PMID' => false,
4368 'RFC' => false
4369 ];
4370
4371 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4372
4373 /************************************************************************//**
4374 * @name Statistics
4375 * @{
4376 */
4377
4378 /**
4379 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4380 * as a valid article.
4381 *
4382 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4383 *
4384 * This variable can have the following values:
4385 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4386 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4387 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4388 *
4389 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4390 *
4391 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4392 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4393 * script.
4394 */
4395 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4396
4397 /**
4398 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4399 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4400 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4401 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4402 * numbers between different wikis.
4403 */
4404 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4405
4406 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4407
4408 /************************************************************************//**
4409 * @name User accounts, authentication
4410 * @{
4411 */
4412
4413 /**
4414 * Central ID lookup providers
4415 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4416 * @since 1.27
4417 */
4418 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4419 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4420 ];
4421
4422 /**
4423 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4424 * @var string
4425 */
4426 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4427
4428 /**
4429 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4430 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4431 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4432 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4433 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4434 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4435 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4436 * Statements:
4437 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4438 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4439 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4440 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4441 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4442 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4443 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4444 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4445 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4446 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4447 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4448 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4449 * @since 1.26
4450 */
4451 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4452 'policies' => [
4453 'bureaucrat' => [
4454 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4455 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4456 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4457 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4458 ],
4459 'sysop' => [
4460 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4461 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4462 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4463 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4464 ],
4465 'bot' => [
4466 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4467 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4468 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4469 ],
4470 'default' => [
4471 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4472 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4473 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4474 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4475 ],
4476 ],
4477 'checks' => [
4478 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4479 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4480 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4481 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4482 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4483 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4484 ],
4485 ];
4486
4487 /**
4488 * Configure AuthManager
4489 *
4490 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4491 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4492 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4493 * (default is 0).
4494 *
4495 * Elements are:
4496 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4497 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4498 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4499 *
4500 * @since 1.27
4501 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4502 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4503 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4504 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4505 */
4506 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4507
4508 /**
4509 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4510 * @since 1.27
4511 */
4512 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4513 'preauth' => [
4514 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4515 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4516 'sort' => 0,
4517 ],
4518 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4519 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4520 'sort' => 0,
4521 ],
4522 ],
4523 'primaryauth' => [
4524 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4525 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4526 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4527 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4528 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4529 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4530 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4531 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4532 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4533 'args' => [ [
4534 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4535 'authoritative' => false,
4536 ] ],
4537 'sort' => 0,
4538 ],
4539 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4540 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4541 'args' => [ [
4542 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4543 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4544 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4545 // password") if it too fails.
4546 'authoritative' => true,
4547 ] ],
4548 'sort' => 100,
4549 ],
4550 ],
4551 'secondaryauth' => [
4552 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4553 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4554 'sort' => 0,
4555 ],
4556 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4557 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4558 'sort' => 100,
4559 ],
4560 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4561 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4562 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4563 // 'sort' => 100,
4564 // ],
4565 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4566 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4567 'sort' => 200,
4568 ],
4569 ],
4570 ];
4571
4572 /**
4573 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4574 *
4575 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4576 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4577 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4578 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4579 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4580 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4581 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4582 * that needs to do this.
4583 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4584 * the last X seconds.
4585 * - Come up with a third option.
4586 *
4587 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4588 * "X seconds".
4589 *
4590 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4591 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4592 * - LinkAccounts
4593 * - UnlinkAccount
4594 * - ChangeCredentials
4595 * - RemoveCredentials
4596 * - ChangeEmail
4597 *
4598 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4599 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4600 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4601 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4602 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4603 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4604 *
4605 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4606 *
4607 * @since 1.27
4608 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4609 */
4610 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4611 'default' => 300,
4612 ];
4613
4614 /**
4615 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4616 *
4617 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4618 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4619 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4620 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4621 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4622 *
4623 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4624 *
4625 * @since 1.27
4626 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4627 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4628 */
4629 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4630 'default' => true,
4631 ];
4632
4633 /**
4634 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4635 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4636 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4637 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4638 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4639 * @since 1.27
4640 * @var string[]
4641 */
4642 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4643 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4644 ];
4645
4646 /**
4647 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4648 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4649 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4650 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4651 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4652 * @since 1.27
4653 * @var string[]
4654 */
4655 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4656 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4657 ];
4658
4659 /**
4660 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4661 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4662 */
4663 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4664
4665 /**
4666 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4667 * words are allowed.
4668 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4669 */
4670 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4671
4672 /**
4673 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4674 *
4675 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4676 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4677 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4678 *
4679 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4680 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4681 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4682 */
4683 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4684
4685 /**
4686 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4687 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4688 * @since 1.23
4689 */
4690 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4691
4692 /**
4693 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4694 *
4695 * @since 1.24
4696 */
4697 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4698
4699 /**
4700 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4701 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4702 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4703 *
4704 * An advanced example:
4705 * @code
4706 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4707 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4708 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4709 * 'secrets' => [],
4710 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4711 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4712 * 'cost' => 5,
4713 * ];
4714 * @endcode
4715 *
4716 * @since 1.24
4717 */
4718 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4719 'A' => [
4720 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4721 ],
4722 'B' => [
4723 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4724 ],
4725 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4726 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4727 'types' => [
4728 'A',
4729 'pbkdf2',
4730 ],
4731 ],
4732 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4733 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4734 'types' => [
4735 'B',
4736 'pbkdf2',
4737 ],
4738 ],
4739 'bcrypt' => [
4740 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4741 'cost' => 9,
4742 ],
4743 'pbkdf2' => [
4744 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4745 'algo' => 'sha512',
4746 'cost' => '30000',
4747 'length' => '64',
4748 ],
4749 ];
4750
4751 /**
4752 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4753 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4754 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4755 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4756 */
4757 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4758 'username' => true,
4759 'email' => true,
4760 ];
4761
4762 /**
4763 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4764 */
4765 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4766
4767 /**
4768 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4769 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4770 */
4771 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4772
4773 /**
4774 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4775 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4776 */
4777 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4778 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4779 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4780 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4781 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4782 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4783 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4784 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4785 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4786 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4787 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4788 ];
4789
4790 /**
4791 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4792 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4793 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4794 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4795 */
4796 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4797 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4798 'cols' => 80,
4799 'date' => 'default',
4800 'diffonly' => 0,
4801 'disablemail' => 0,
4802 'editfont' => 'default',
4803 'editondblclick' => 0,
4804 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4805 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4806 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4807 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4808 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4809 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4810 'fancysig' => 0,
4811 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4812 'gender' => 'unknown',
4813 'hideminor' => 0,
4814 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4815 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4816 'imagesize' => 2,
4817 'math' => 1,
4818 'minordefault' => 0,
4819 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4820 'nickname' => '',
4821 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4822 'numberheadings' => 0,
4823 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4824 'previewontop' => 1,
4825 'rcdays' => 7,
4826 'rclimit' => 50,
4827 'rows' => 25,
4828 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4829 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4830 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4831 'skin' => false,
4832 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4833 'thumbsize' => 5,
4834 'underline' => 2,
4835 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4836 'usenewrc' => 1,
4837 'watchcreations' => 1,
4838 'watchdefault' => 1,
4839 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4840 'watchuploads' => 1,
4841 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4842 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4843 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4844 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4845 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4846 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4847 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4848 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4849 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4850 'watchmoves' => 0,
4851 'watchrollback' => 0,
4852 'wllimit' => 250,
4853 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4854 'prefershttps' => 1,
4855 ];
4856
4857 /**
4858 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4859 */
4860 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4861
4862 /**
4863 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4864 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4865 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4866 */
4867 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4868
4869 /**
4870 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4871 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4872 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4873 *
4874 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4875 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4876 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4877 */
4878 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4879
4880 /**
4881 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4882 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4883 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4884 * @since 1.17
4885 */
4886 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4887
4888 /**
4889 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4890 *
4891 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4892 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4893 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4894 *
4895 * @since 1.27
4896 * @var string|null
4897 */
4898 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4899
4900 /**
4901 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4902 *
4903 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4904 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4905 *
4906 * @since 1.27
4907 */
4908 $wgSessionProviders = [
4909 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4910 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4911 'args' => [ [
4912 'priority' => 30,
4913 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4914 ] ],
4915 ],
4916 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4917 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4918 'args' => [ [
4919 'priority' => 75,
4920 ] ],
4921 ],
4922 ];
4923
4924 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4925
4926 /************************************************************************//**
4927 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4928 * @{
4929 */
4930
4931 /**
4932 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4933 */
4934 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4935
4936 /**
4937 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4938 */
4939 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4940
4941 /**
4942 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4943 */
4944 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4945
4946 /**
4947 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4948 *
4949 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4950 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4951 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4952 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4953 *
4954 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4955 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4956 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4957 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4958 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4959 */
4960 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4961 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
4962 'IPv6' => 19,
4963 ];
4964
4965 /**
4966 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
4967 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
4968 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
4969 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
4970 * anonymous visitors.
4971 */
4972 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
4973
4974 /**
4975 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
4976 *
4977 * @par Example:
4978 * @code
4979 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
4980 * @endcode
4981 *
4982 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
4983 *
4984 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4985 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4986 *
4987 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
4988 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
4989 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
4990 */
4991 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
4992
4993 /**
4994 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
4995 *
4996 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
4997 * is without underscore.
4998 *
4999 * @par Example:
5000 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5001 * @code
5002 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5003 * @endcode
5004 *
5005 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5006 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5007 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5008 *
5009 * @par Example:
5010 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5011 * @code
5012 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5013 * @endcode
5014 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5015 *
5016 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5017 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5018 */
5019 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5020
5021 /**
5022 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5023 * address before being allowed to edit?
5024 */
5025 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5026
5027 /**
5028 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5029 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5030 */
5031 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5032
5033 /**
5034 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5035 *
5036 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5037 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5038 *
5039 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5040 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5041 *
5042 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5043 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5044 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5045 * in in the user_groups table.
5046 *
5047 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5048 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5049 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5050 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5051 *
5052 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5053 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5054 *
5055 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5056 */
5057 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5058
5059 /** @cond file_level_code */
5060 // Implicit group for all visitors
5061 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5062 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5063 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5064 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5065 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5066 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5067 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5068 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5069 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5070 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5071 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5072 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5073 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5074 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5075
5076 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5077 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5078 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5079 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5080 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5081 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5082 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5083 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5084 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5085 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5086 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5087 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5088 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5089 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5090 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5091 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5092 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5093 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5094 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5095 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5096
5097 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5098 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5099 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5100
5101 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5102 // from various log pages by default
5103 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5104 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5105 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5106 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5107 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5108 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5110 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5111
5112 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5113 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5114 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5116 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5118 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5120 // can view deleted revision text
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5152 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5153 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5157
5158 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5161 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5162 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5163 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5164 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5165
5166 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5167 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5168 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5169 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5170 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5171 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5172 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5173 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5174 // For private suppression log access
5175 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5176
5177 /**
5178 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5179 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5180 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5181 * server.
5182 */
5183 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5184
5185 /** @endcond */
5186
5187 /**
5188 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5189 *
5190 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5191 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5192 *
5193 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5194 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5195 */
5196 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5197
5198 /**
5199 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5200 */
5201 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5202
5203 /**
5204 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5205 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5206 *
5207 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5208 * group".
5209 *
5210 * @par Example:
5211 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5212 * @code
5213 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5214 * @endcode
5215 *
5216 * @par Example:
5217 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5218 * @code
5219 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5220 * @endcode
5221 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5222 * any group that they happen to be in.
5223 */
5224 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5225
5226 /**
5227 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5228 */
5229 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5230
5231 /**
5232 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5233 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5234 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5235 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5236 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5237 */
5238 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5239
5240 /**
5241 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5242 *
5243 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5244 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5245 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5246 *
5247 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5248 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5249 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5250 */
5251 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5252
5253 /**
5254 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5255 *
5256 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5257 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5258 *
5259 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5260 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5261 */
5262 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5263
5264 /**
5265 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5266 *
5267 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5268 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5269 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5270 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5271 * "semiprotected".
5272 *
5273 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5274 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5275 */
5276 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5277
5278 /**
5279 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5280 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5281 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5282 *
5283 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5284 */
5285 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5286
5287 /**
5288 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5289 *
5290 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5291 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5292 *
5293 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5294 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5295 */
5296 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5297
5298 /**
5299 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5300 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5301 * privileges of new accounts.
5302 *
5303 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5304 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5305 *
5306 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5307 *
5308 * @par Example:
5309 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5310 * @code
5311 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5312 * @endcode
5313 * Set age to one day:
5314 * @code
5315 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5316 * @endcode
5317 */
5318 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5319
5320 /**
5321 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5322 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5323 *
5324 * @par Example:
5325 * @code
5326 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5327 * @endcode
5328 */
5329 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5330
5331 /**
5332 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5333 *
5334 * @todo Redocument $wgAutopromote
5335 *
5336 * The format is
5337 * [ '&' or '|' or '^' or '!', cond1, cond2, ... ]
5338 * where cond1, cond2, ... are themselves conditions; *OR*
5339 * APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED, *OR*
5340 * [ APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ], *OR*
5341 * [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ], *OR*
5342 * [ APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ], *OR*
5343 * [ APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ], *OR*
5344 * [ APCOND_ISIP, ip ], *OR*
5345 * [ APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ], *OR*
5346 * [ APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ], *OR*
5347 * [ APCOND_BLOCKED ], *OR*
5348 * [ APCOND_ISBOT ], *OR*
5349 * similar constructs defined by extensions.
5350 *
5351 * If $wgEmailAuthentication is off, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5352 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5353 */
5354 $wgAutopromote = [
5355 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5356 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5357 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5358 ],
5359 ];
5360
5361 /**
5362 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5363 *
5364 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5365 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5366 *
5367 * The format is:
5368 * @code
5369 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5370 * @endcode
5371 * Where event is either:
5372 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5373 *
5374 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5375 *
5376 * @see $wgAutopromote
5377 * @since 1.18
5378 */
5379 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5380 'onEdit' => [],
5381 ];
5382
5383 /**
5384 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5385 * @since 1.18
5386 */
5387 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5388
5389 /**
5390 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5391 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5392 *
5393 * @par Example:
5394 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5395 * @code
5396 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5397 * @endcode
5398 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5399 * @code
5400 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5401 * @endcode
5402 * Sysops can make bots:
5403 * @code
5404 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5405 * @endcode
5406 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5407 * @code
5408 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5409 * @endcode
5410 */
5411 $wgAddGroups = [];
5412
5413 /**
5414 * @see $wgAddGroups
5415 */
5416 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5417
5418 /**
5419 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5420 * For extensions only.
5421 */
5422 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5423
5424 /**
5425 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5426 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5427 */
5428 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5429
5430 /**
5431 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5432 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5433 * This is limited for performance reason.
5434 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5435 * @since 1.23
5436 */
5437 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5438
5439 /**
5440 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5441 *
5442 * @par Example:
5443 * @code
5444 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5445 * // no more than 100 per month
5446 * [
5447 * 'count' => 100,
5448 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5449 * ],
5450 * // no more than 10 per day
5451 * [
5452 * 'count' => 10,
5453 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5454 * ],
5455 * ];
5456 * @endcode
5457 *
5458 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5459 */
5460 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5461 'count' => 0,
5462 'seconds' => 86400,
5463 ] ];
5464
5465 /**
5466 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5467 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5468 *
5469 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5470 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5471 *
5472 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5473 *
5474 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5475 */
5476 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5477
5478 /**
5479 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5480 */
5481 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5482
5483 /**
5484 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5485 * proxies
5486 * @since 1.16
5487 */
5488 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5489
5490 /**
5491 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5492 *
5493 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5494 * the blacklist require a key).
5495 *
5496 * @par Example:
5497 * @code
5498 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5499 * // String containing URL
5500 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5501 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5502 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5503 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5504 * // just use a string as shown above
5505 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5506 * ];
5507 * @endcode
5508 *
5509 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5510 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5511 * @since 1.16
5512 */
5513 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5514
5515 /**
5516 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5517 * what the other methods might say.
5518 */
5519 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5520
5521 /**
5522 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5523 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5524 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5525 */
5526 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5527
5528 /**
5529 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5530 *
5531 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5532 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5533 * elapses.
5534 *
5535 * @par Example:
5536 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5537 * @code
5538 * $wgRateLimits = [
5539 * 'edit' => [
5540 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5541 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5542 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5543 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5544 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5545 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5546 * ]
5547 * ];
5548 * @endcode
5549 *
5550 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5551 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5552 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5553 * @code
5554 * $wgRateLimits = [
5555 * 'some-action' => [
5556 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5557 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5558 * ];
5559 * @endcode
5560 *
5561 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5562 */
5563 $wgRateLimits = [
5564 // Page edits
5565 'edit' => [
5566 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5567 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5568 ],
5569 // Page moves
5570 'move' => [
5571 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5572 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5573 ],
5574 // File uploads
5575 'upload' => [
5576 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5577 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5578 ],
5579 // Page rollbacks
5580 'rollback' => [
5581 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5582 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5583 ],
5584 // Triggering password resets emails
5585 'mailpassword' => [
5586 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5587 ],
5588 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5589 'emailuser' => [
5590 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5591 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5592 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5593 ],
5594 // Purging pages
5595 'purge' => [
5596 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5597 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5598 ],
5599 // Purges of link tables
5600 'linkpurge' => [
5601 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5602 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5603 ],
5604 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5605 'renderfile' => [
5606 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5607 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5608 ],
5609 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5610 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5611 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5612 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5613 ],
5614 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5615 'stashedit' => [
5616 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5617 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5618 ],
5619 // Adding or removing change tags
5620 'changetag' => [
5621 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5622 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5623 ],
5624 // Changing the content model of a page
5625 'editcontentmodel' => [
5626 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5627 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5628 ],
5629 ];
5630
5631 /**
5632 * Array of IPs which should be excluded from rate limits.
5633 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5634 */
5635 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5636
5637 /**
5638 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5639 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5640 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5641 */
5642 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5643
5644 /**
5645 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5646 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5647 */
5648 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5649
5650 /**
5651 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5652 *
5653 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5654 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5655 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5656 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5657 *
5658 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5659 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5660 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5661 */
5662 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5663 // Short term limit
5664 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5665 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5666 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5667 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5668 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60*60*48 ],
5669 ];
5670
5671 /**
5672 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5673 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5674 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5675 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5676 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5677 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5678 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5679 * @since 1.27
5680 */
5681 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5682
5683 // @TODO: clean up grants
5684 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5685
5686 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5687 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5688 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5689 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5690 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5691 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5692 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5693 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5694 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5695 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5696
5697 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5698 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5699 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5700 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5701
5702 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5703 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5704 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5705 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5706
5707 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5708 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5709
5710 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5711 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5712 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5713
5714 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5715
5716 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5717 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5718 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5719 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5720
5721 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5722 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5723 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5724 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5725 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5726 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5727 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5728
5729 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5730 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5731
5732 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5733 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5734 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5735 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5736 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5737 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5738
5739 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5740
5741 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5742
5743 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5744 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5745
5746 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5747 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5748 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5749
5750 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5751
5752 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5753 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5754 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5755 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5756 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5757 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5758 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5759
5760 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5761 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5762
5763 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5764
5765 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5766
5767 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5768
5769 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5770
5771 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5772
5773 /**
5774 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5775 * @since 1.27
5776 */
5777 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5778 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5779 'basic' => 'hidden',
5780
5781 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5782 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5783 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5784 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5785
5786 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5787 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5788
5789 'sendemail' => 'email',
5790
5791 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5792 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5793
5794 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5795 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5796
5797 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5798 'rollback' => 'administration',
5799 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5800 'delete' => 'administration',
5801 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5802 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5803 'protect' => 'administration',
5804 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5805
5806 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5807
5808 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5809 ];
5810
5811 /**
5812 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5813 * @since 1.27
5814 */
5815 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5816
5817 /**
5818 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5819 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5820 * @since 1.27
5821 */
5822 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5823
5824 /**
5825 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5826 *
5827 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5828 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5829 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5830 * @since 1.27
5831 */
5832 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5833
5834 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5835
5836 /************************************************************************//**
5837 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5838 * @{
5839 */
5840
5841 /**
5842 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5843 */
5844 $wgSecretKey = false;
5845
5846 /**
5847 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5848 *
5849 * This can have the following formats:
5850 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5851 * or the keys (for backward compatibility)
5852 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5853 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5854 */
5855 $wgProxyList = [];
5856
5857 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5858
5859 /************************************************************************//**
5860 * @name Cookie settings
5861 * @{
5862 */
5863
5864 /**
5865 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5866 */
5867 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5868
5869 /**
5870 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5871 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5872 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5873 * login cookies session-only.
5874 */
5875 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5876
5877 /**
5878 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5879 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5880 */
5881 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5882
5883 /**
5884 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5885 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5886 */
5887 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5888
5889 /**
5890 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5891 * - true: Set secure flag
5892 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5893 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5894 */
5895 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5896
5897 /**
5898 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5899 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5900 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5901 * check.
5902 */
5903 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5904
5905 /**
5906 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5907 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5908 * name to be used as a prefix.
5909 */
5910 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5911
5912 /**
5913 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
5914 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
5915 * XSS attack.
5916 */
5917 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
5918
5919 /**
5920 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
5921 */
5922 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
5923
5924 /**
5925 * Override to customise the session name
5926 */
5927 $wgSessionName = false;
5928
5929 /**
5930 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
5931 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked.
5932 */
5933 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
5934
5935 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
5936
5937 /************************************************************************//**
5938 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
5939 * @{
5940 */
5941
5942 /**
5943 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
5944 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
5945 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
5946 * Please see math/README for more information.
5947 */
5948 $wgUseTeX = false;
5949
5950 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
5951
5952 /************************************************************************//**
5953 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
5954 *
5955 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
5956 *
5957 * @{
5958 */
5959
5960 /**
5961 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
5962 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
5963 * may contain private data.
5964 */
5965 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
5966
5967 /**
5968 * Prefix for debug log lines
5969 */
5970 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
5971
5972 /**
5973 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
5974 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
5975 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
5976 */
5977 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
5978
5979 /**
5980 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
5981 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
5982 * and gen=js requests.
5983 */
5984 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
5985
5986 /**
5987 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
5988 *
5989 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
5990 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
5991 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
5992 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
5993 */
5994 $wgDebugComments = false;
5995
5996 /**
5997 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
5998 *
5999 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6000 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6001 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6002 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6003 */
6004 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6005
6006 /**
6007 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6008 *
6009 * @since 1.26
6010 */
6011 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6012 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6013 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6014 'GET' => [
6015 'masterConns' => 0,
6016 'writes' => 0,
6017 'readQueryTime' => 5
6018 ],
6019 // HTTP POST requests.
6020 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6021 'POST' => [
6022 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6023 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6024 'maxAffected' => 1000
6025 ],
6026 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6027 'masterConns' => 0,
6028 'writes' => 0,
6029 'readQueryTime' => 5
6030 ],
6031 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent
6032 'PostSend' => [
6033 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6034 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6035 'maxAffected' => 1000
6036 ],
6037 // Background job runner
6038 'JobRunner' => [
6039 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6040 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6041 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6042 ],
6043 // Command-line scripts
6044 'Maintenance' => [
6045 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6046 'maxAffected' => 1000
6047 ]
6048 ];
6049
6050 /**
6051 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6052 *
6053 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6054 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6055 * in production.
6056 *
6057 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6058 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6059 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6060 * - associative array with keys:
6061 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6062 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6063 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6064 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6065 *
6066 * @par Example:
6067 * @code
6068 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6069 * @endcode
6070 *
6071 * @par Advanced example:
6072 * @code
6073 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6074 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6075 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6076 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6077 * ];
6078 * @endcode
6079 */
6080 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6081
6082 /**
6083 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6084 *
6085 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6086 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6087 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6088 * details.
6089 *
6090 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6091 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6092 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6093 *
6094 * @par To completely disable logging:
6095 * @code
6096 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' ];
6097 * @endcode
6098 *
6099 * @since 1.25
6100 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6101 * @see MwLogger
6102 */
6103 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6104 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6105 ];
6106
6107 /**
6108 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6109 *
6110 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6111 */
6112 $wgShowDebug = false;
6113
6114 /**
6115 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6116 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6117 */
6118 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6119
6120 /**
6121 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6122 */
6123 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6124
6125 /**
6126 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6127 */
6128 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6129
6130 /**
6131 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6132 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6133 * to an attacker.
6134 */
6135 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6136
6137 /**
6138 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6139 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6140 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6141 * formatting.
6142 */
6143 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6144
6145 /**
6146 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6147 *
6148 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6149 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6150 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6151 * exception handler.
6152 */
6153 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6154
6155 /**
6156 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6157 */
6158 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6159
6160 /**
6161 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6162 */
6163 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6164
6165 /**
6166 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6167 * Should be a string, default false.
6168 * @since 1.20
6169 */
6170 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6171
6172 /**
6173 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6174 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6175 */
6176 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6177
6178 /**
6179 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6180 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6181 * after the limit.
6182 */
6183 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6184
6185 /**
6186 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6187 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6188 */
6189 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6190
6191 /**
6192 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6193 *
6194 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6195 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6196 */
6197 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6198
6199 /**
6200 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6201 *
6202 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6203 *
6204 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6205 *
6206 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6207 * @since 1.25
6208 */
6209 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6210
6211 /**
6212 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6213 *
6214 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6215 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6216 * @since 1.25
6217 */
6218 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6219
6220 /**
6221 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6222 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6223 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6224 * @since 1.28
6225 */
6226 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [];
6227
6228 /**
6229 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6230 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6231 * templates.
6232 */
6233 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6234
6235 /**
6236 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6237 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6238 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6239 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6240 */
6241 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6242
6243 /**
6244 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6245 * filename is passed to it.
6246 *
6247 * Extensions may add their own tests to this array, or site-local tests
6248 * may be added via LocalSettings.php
6249 *
6250 * Use full paths.
6251 */
6252 $wgParserTestFiles = [
6253 "$IP/tests/parser/parserTests.txt",
6254 "$IP/tests/parser/extraParserTests.txt"
6255 ];
6256
6257 /**
6258 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6259 */
6260 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6261
6262 /**
6263 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6264 * @since 1.19
6265 */
6266 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6267
6268 /**
6269 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6270 * queries and other useful output.
6271 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6272 *
6273 * @since 1.19
6274 */
6275 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6276
6277 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6278
6279 /************************************************************************//**
6280 * @name Search
6281 * @{
6282 */
6283
6284 /**
6285 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6286 */
6287 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6288
6289 /**
6290 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6291 * by default off due to execution overhead
6292 */
6293 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6294
6295 /**
6296 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6297 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6298 */
6299 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6300
6301 /**
6302 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6303 *
6304 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6305 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6306 *
6307 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6308 *
6309 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6310 */
6311 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6312
6313 /**
6314 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6315 *
6316 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6317 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6318 *
6319 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6320 */
6321 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6322 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6323 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6324 ];
6325
6326 /**
6327 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6328 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6329 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6330 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6331 */
6332 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6333
6334 /**
6335 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6336 * OpenSearch call.
6337 */
6338 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6339
6340 /**
6341 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6342 */
6343 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6344
6345 /**
6346 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6347 */
6348 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6349
6350 /**
6351 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6352 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6353 */
6354 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6355
6356 /**
6357 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6358 *
6359 * @par Example:
6360 * @code
6361 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6362 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6363 * @endcode
6364 */
6365 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6366 NS_MAIN => true,
6367 ];
6368
6369 /**
6370 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6371 * implemented by an extension instead.
6372 */
6373 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6374
6375 /**
6376 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6377 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6378 * search term.
6379 *
6380 * @par Example:
6381 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6382 * @code
6383 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6384 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6385 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6386 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6387 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6388 * @endcode
6389 */
6390 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6391
6392 /**
6393 * Search form behavior.
6394 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6395 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6396 */
6397 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6398
6399 /**
6400 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6401 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6402 * generated for all namespaces.
6403 */
6404 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6405
6406 /**
6407 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6408 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6409 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6410 *
6411 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6412 * @par Example:
6413 * @code
6414 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6415 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6416 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6417 * ];
6418 * @endcode
6419 */
6420 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6421
6422 /**
6423 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6424 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6425 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6426 */
6427 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6428
6429 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6430
6431 /************************************************************************//**
6432 * @name Edit user interface
6433 * @{
6434 */
6435
6436 /**
6437 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6438 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6439 */
6440 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6441
6442 /**
6443 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6444 */
6445 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6446
6447 /**
6448 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6449 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6450 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6451 */
6452 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6453 NS_CATEGORY => true
6454 ];
6455
6456 /**
6457 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6458 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6459 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6460 */
6461 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6462
6463 /**
6464 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6465 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6466 * ting this variable false.
6467 */
6468 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6469
6470 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6471
6472 /************************************************************************//**
6473 * @name Maintenance
6474 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6475 * @{
6476 */
6477
6478 /**
6479 * @cond file_level_code
6480 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6481 */
6482 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6483 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6484 }
6485 /** @endcond */
6486
6487 /**
6488 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6489 */
6490 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6491
6492 /**
6493 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6494 * used as an explanation to users.
6495 *
6496 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6497 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6498 * option in MySQL.
6499 */
6500 $wgReadOnly = null;
6501
6502 /**
6503 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6504 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6505 * message.
6506 *
6507 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6508 */
6509 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6510
6511 /**
6512 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6513 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6514 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6515 *
6516 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6517 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6518 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6519 */
6520 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6521
6522 /**
6523 * Fully specified path to git binary
6524 */
6525 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6526
6527 /**
6528 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6529 *
6530 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6531 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6532 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6533 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6534 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6535 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6536 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6537 *
6538 * @since 1.20
6539 */
6540 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6541 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6542 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6543 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6544 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6545 ];
6546
6547 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6548
6549 /************************************************************************//**
6550 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6551 * @{
6552 */
6553
6554 /**
6555 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6556 * seconds will go.
6557 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6558 */
6559 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6560
6561 /**
6562 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6563 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6564 * @since 1.26
6565 */
6566 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6567
6568 /**
6569 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6570 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6571 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6572 * @since 1.26
6573 */
6574 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6575
6576 /**
6577 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6578 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6579 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6580 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6581 * is still there.
6582 */
6583 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6584
6585 /**
6586 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6587 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6588 */
6589 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6590
6591 /**
6592 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6593 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6594 */
6595 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6596
6597 /**
6598 * Destinations to which notifications about recent changes
6599 * should be sent.
6600 *
6601 * As of MediaWiki 1.22, there are 2 supported 'engine' parameter option in core:
6602 * * 'UDPRCFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes over UDP to the
6603 * specified server.
6604 * * 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes to Redis.
6605 *
6606 * The common options are:
6607 * * 'uri' -- the address to which the notices are to be sent.
6608 * * 'formatter' -- the class name (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6609 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6610 * * 'omit_bots' -- whether the bot edits should be in the feed
6611 * * 'omit_anon' -- whether anonymous edits should be in the feed
6612 * * 'omit_user' -- whether edits by registered users should be in the feed
6613 * * 'omit_minor' -- whether minor edits should be in the feed
6614 * * 'omit_patrolled' -- whether patrolled edits should be in the feed
6615 *
6616 * The IRC-specific options are:
6617 * * 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6618 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6619 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6620 *
6621 * The JSON-specific options are:
6622 * * 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6623 *
6624 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6625 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6626 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1336",
6627 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6628 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6629 * ];
6630 * @example $wgRCFeeds['exampleirc'] = [
6631 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6632 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1338",
6633 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6634 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6635 * ];
6636 * @since 1.22
6637 */
6638 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6639
6640 /**
6641 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine to use for a given URI scheme.
6642 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of engine classes.
6643 */
6644 $wgRCEngines = [
6645 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6646 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6647 ];
6648
6649 /**
6650 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6651 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6652 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6653 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6654 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6655 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6656 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6657 *
6658 * @since 1.27
6659 */
6660 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6661
6662 /**
6663 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6664 * New pages and new files are included.
6665 */
6666 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6667
6668 /**
6669 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6670 */
6671 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6672
6673 /**
6674 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6675 *
6676 * @since 1.27
6677 */
6678 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6679
6680 /**
6681 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6682 */
6683 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6684
6685 /**
6686 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6687 */
6688 $wgFeed = true;
6689
6690 /**
6691 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6692 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6693 */
6694 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6695
6696 /**
6697 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6698 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6699 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6700 *
6701 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6702 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6703 */
6704 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6705
6706 /**
6707 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6708 * pages larger than this size.
6709 */
6710 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6711
6712 /**
6713 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6714 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6715 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6716 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6717 * as value.
6718 * @par Example:
6719 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6720 * @code
6721 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6722 * @endcode
6723 */
6724 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6725
6726 /**
6727 * Available feeds objects.
6728 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6729 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6730 */
6731 $wgFeedClasses = [
6732 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6733 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6734 ];
6735
6736 /**
6737 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6738 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6739 */
6740 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6741
6742 /**
6743 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6744 */
6745 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6746
6747 /**
6748 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6749 */
6750 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6751
6752 /**
6753 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6754 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6755 * highlighted on the RC page.
6756 */
6757 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6758
6759 /**
6760 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6761 * view for watched pages with new changes
6762 */
6763 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6764
6765 /**
6766 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6767 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6768 */
6769 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6770
6771 /**
6772 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6773 */
6774 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6775
6776 /**
6777 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6778 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6779 */
6780 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6781
6782 /**
6783 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6784 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6785 * watchers.
6786 *
6787 * @since 1.21
6788 */
6789 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6790
6791 /**
6792 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6793 * certain types of edits.
6794 *
6795 * To register a new one:
6796 * @code
6797 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6798 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6799 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6800 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6801 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6802 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6803 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6804 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6805 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6806 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6807 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6808 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6809 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6810 * ];
6811 * @endcode
6812 *
6813 * @since 1.22
6814 */
6815 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6816 'newpage' => [
6817 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6818 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6819 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6820 'grouping' => 'any',
6821 ],
6822 'minor' => [
6823 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6824 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6825 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6826 'class' => 'minoredit',
6827 'grouping' => 'all',
6828 ],
6829 'bot' => [
6830 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6831 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6832 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6833 'class' => 'botedit',
6834 'grouping' => 'all',
6835 ],
6836 'unpatrolled' => [
6837 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
6838 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
6839 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
6840 'grouping' => 'any',
6841 ],
6842 ];
6843
6844 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
6845
6846 /************************************************************************//**
6847 * @name Copyright and credits settings
6848 * @{
6849 */
6850
6851 /**
6852 * Override for copyright metadata.
6853 *
6854 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
6855 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
6856 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
6857 */
6858 $wgRightsPage = null;
6859
6860 /**
6861 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
6862 * wiki.
6863 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
6864 */
6865 $wgRightsUrl = null;
6866
6867 /**
6868 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
6869 * link.
6870 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
6871 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
6872 */
6873 $wgRightsText = null;
6874
6875 /**
6876 * Override for copyright metadata.
6877 */
6878 $wgRightsIcon = null;
6879
6880 /**
6881 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
6882 */
6883 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
6884
6885 /**
6886 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
6887 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
6888 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
6889 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
6890 * large wikis.
6891 */
6892 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
6893
6894 /**
6895 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
6896 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
6897 */
6898 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
6899
6900 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
6901
6902 /************************************************************************//**
6903 * @name Import / Export
6904 * @{
6905 */
6906
6907 /**
6908 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
6909 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
6910 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
6911 *
6912 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
6913 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
6914 * e.g.
6915 * @code
6916 * $wgImportSources = [
6917 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
6918 * 'wikispecies',
6919 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
6920 * ];
6921 * @endcode
6922 *
6923 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
6924 * the ImportSources hook.
6925 *
6926 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
6927 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
6928 */
6929 $wgImportSources = [];
6930
6931 /**
6932 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
6933 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
6934 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
6935 *
6936 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
6937 */
6938 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
6939
6940 /**
6941 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
6942 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
6943 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
6944 */
6945 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
6946
6947 /**
6948 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
6949 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
6950 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
6951 */
6952 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
6953
6954 /**
6955 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
6956 */
6957 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
6958
6959 /**
6960 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
6961 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
6962 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
6963 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
6964 * it's disabled by default for now.
6965 *
6966 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
6967 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
6968 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
6969 */
6970 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
6971
6972 /**
6973 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
6974 */
6975 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
6976
6977 /**
6978 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
6979 */
6980 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
6981
6982 /**
6983 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
6984 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
6985 *
6986 * @since 1.27
6987 */
6988 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
6989
6990 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
6991
6992 /*************************************************************************//**
6993 * @name Extensions
6994 * @{
6995 */
6996
6997 /**
6998 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
6999 * initialised
7000 */
7001 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7002
7003 /**
7004 * Extension messages files.
7005 *
7006 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7007 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7008 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7009 * is the most common.
7010 *
7011 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7012 * in the core.
7013 *
7014 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7015 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7016 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7017 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7018 *
7019 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7020 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7021 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7022 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7023 *
7024 * @par Example:
7025 * @code
7026 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7027 * @endcode
7028 */
7029 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7030
7031 /**
7032 * Extension messages directories.
7033 *
7034 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7035 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7036 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7037 * message directories.
7038 *
7039 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7040 *
7041 * @par Simple example:
7042 * @code
7043 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7044 * @endcode
7045 *
7046 * @par Complex example:
7047 * @code
7048 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7049 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7050 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7051 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7052 * ]
7053 * @endcode
7054 * @since 1.23
7055 */
7056 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7057
7058 /**
7059 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7060 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7061 * @since 1.22
7062 */
7063 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7064
7065 /**
7066 * Parser output hooks.
7067 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7068 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7069 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7070 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7071 *
7072 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7073 *
7074 * The callback has the form:
7075 * @code
7076 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7077 * @endcode
7078 */
7079 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7080
7081 /**
7082 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7083 */
7084 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7085
7086 /**
7087 * List of valid skin names
7088 *
7089 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7090 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7091 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7092 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7093 */
7094 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7095
7096 /**
7097 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7098 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7099 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7100 * SpecialPage.
7101 */
7102 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7103
7104 /**
7105 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7106 */
7107 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7108
7109 /**
7110 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7111 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7112 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7113 */
7114 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7115
7116 /**
7117 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7118 *
7119 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7120 *
7121 * @code
7122 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7123 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7124 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7125 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7126 * 'author' => [
7127 * 'Foo Barstein',
7128 * ],
7129 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7130 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7131 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7132 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7133 * ];
7134 * @endcode
7135 *
7136 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7137 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7138 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7139 * interpreted as wikitext.
7140 *
7141 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7142 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7143 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7144 *
7145 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7146 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7147 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7148 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7149 *
7150 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7151 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7152 * usually are.)
7153 *
7154 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7155 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7156 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7157 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7158 *
7159 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7160 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7161 *
7162 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7163 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7164 *
7165 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7166 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7167 */
7168 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7169
7170 /**
7171 * Authentication plugin.
7172 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7173 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7174 */
7175 $wgAuth = null;
7176
7177 /**
7178 * Global list of hooks.
7179 *
7180 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7181 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7182 * internally by Hook:run().
7183 *
7184 * The value can be one of:
7185 *
7186 * - A function name:
7187 * @code
7188 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7189 * @endcode
7190 * - A function with some data:
7191 * @code
7192 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7193 * @endcode
7194 * - A an object method:
7195 * @code
7196 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7197 * @endcode
7198 * - A closure:
7199 * @code
7200 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7201 * // Handler code goes here.
7202 * };
7203 * @endcode
7204 *
7205 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7206 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7207 *
7208 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7209 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7210 */
7211 $wgHooks = [];
7212
7213 /**
7214 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7215 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7216 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7217 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7218 * hook for that.
7219 *
7220 * @see MediaWikiServices
7221 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7222 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7223 */
7224 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7225 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7226 ];
7227
7228 /**
7229 * Maps jobs to their handling classes; extensions
7230 * can add to this to provide custom jobs
7231 */
7232 $wgJobClasses = [
7233 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7234 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7235 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7236 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7237 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7238 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7239 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7240 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7241 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7242 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7243 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7244 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7245 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7246 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7247 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7248 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7249 'null' => 'NullJob'
7250 ];
7251
7252 /**
7253 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7254 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7255 *
7256 * These can be:
7257 * - Very long-running jobs.
7258 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7259 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7260 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7261 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7262 */
7263 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7264
7265 /**
7266 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7267 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7268 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7269 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7270 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7271 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7272 * @var float[]
7273 */
7274 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7275
7276 /**
7277 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7278 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7279 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7280 *
7281 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7282 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7283 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7284 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7285 *
7286 * @var float|bool
7287 * @since 1.26
7288 */
7289 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7290
7291 /**
7292 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7293 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7294 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7295 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7296 */
7297 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7298 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7299 ];
7300
7301 /**
7302 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7303 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7304 */
7305 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7306 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7307 ];
7308
7309 /**
7310 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7311 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7312 */
7313 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7314 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7315 ];
7316
7317 /**
7318 * Hooks that are used for outputting exceptions. Format is:
7319 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = $funcname
7320 * or:
7321 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = [ $class, $funcname ]
7322 * Hooks should return strings or false
7323 */
7324 $wgExceptionHooks = [];
7325
7326 /**
7327 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7328 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7329 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7330 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7331 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7332 */
7333 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7334 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7335 ];
7336
7337 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7338
7339 /*************************************************************************//**
7340 * @name Categories
7341 * @{
7342 */
7343
7344 /**
7345 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7346 */
7347 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7348
7349 /**
7350 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7351 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7352 */
7353 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7354
7355 /**
7356 * Paging limit for categories
7357 */
7358 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7359
7360 /**
7361 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7362 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7363 *
7364 * Available values are:
7365 *
7366 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7367 *
7368 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7369 *
7370 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7371 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7372 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7373 *
7374 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7375 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7376 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7377 * server.
7378 *
7379 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7380 * the sort keys in the database.
7381 *
7382 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7383 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7384 */
7385 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7386
7387 /** @} */ # End categories }
7388
7389 /*************************************************************************//**
7390 * @name Logging
7391 * @{
7392 */
7393
7394 /**
7395 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7396 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7397 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7398 * log type.
7399 */
7400 $wgLogTypes = [
7401 '',
7402 'block',
7403 'protect',
7404 'rights',
7405 'delete',
7406 'upload',
7407 'move',
7408 'import',
7409 'patrol',
7410 'merge',
7411 'suppress',
7412 'tag',
7413 'managetags',
7414 'contentmodel',
7415 ];
7416
7417 /**
7418 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7419 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7420 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7421 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7422 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7423 */
7424 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7425 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7426 ];
7427
7428 /**
7429 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7430 *
7431 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7432 *
7433 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7434 *
7435 * @par Example:
7436 * @code
7437 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7438 * @endcode
7439 *
7440 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7441 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7442 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7443 *
7444 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7445 * for the link text.
7446 */
7447 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7448 'patrol' => true,
7449 'tag' => true,
7450 ];
7451
7452 /**
7453 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7454 * will be listed in the user interface.
7455 *
7456 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7457 *
7458 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7459 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7460 */
7461 $wgLogNames = [
7462 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7463 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7464 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7465 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7466 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7467 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7468 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7469 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7470 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7471 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7472 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7473 ];
7474
7475 /**
7476 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7477 * top of each log type.
7478 *
7479 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7480 *
7481 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7482 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7483 */
7484 $wgLogHeaders = [
7485 '' => 'alllogstext',
7486 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7487 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7488 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7489 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7490 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7491 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7492 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7493 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7494 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7495 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7496 ];
7497
7498 /**
7499 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7500 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7501 *
7502 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7503 */
7504 $wgLogActions = [];
7505
7506 /**
7507 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7508 * not messages.
7509 * @see LogPage::actionText
7510 * @see LogFormatter
7511 */
7512 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7513 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7514 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7515 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7516 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7517 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7518 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7519 'delete/delete_redir' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7520 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7521 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7522 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7523 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7524 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7525 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7526 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7527 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7528 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7529 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7530 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7531 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7532 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7533 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7534 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7535 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7536 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7537 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7538 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7539 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7540 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7541 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7542 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7543 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7544 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7545 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7546 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7547 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7548 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7549 ];
7550
7551 /**
7552 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7553 *
7554 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7555 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7556 * Extensions may append to this array
7557 * @since 1.27
7558 */
7559 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7560 'block' => [
7561 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7562 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7563 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7564 ],
7565 'contentmodel' => [
7566 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7567 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7568 ],
7569 'delete' => [
7570 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7571 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7572 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7573 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7574 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7575 ],
7576 'import' => [
7577 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7578 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7579 ],
7580 'managetags' => [
7581 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7582 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7583 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7584 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7585 ],
7586 'move' => [
7587 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7588 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7589 ],
7590 'newusers' => [
7591 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7592 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7593 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7594 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7595 ],
7596 'patrol' => [
7597 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7598 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7599 ],
7600 'protect' => [
7601 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7602 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7603 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7604 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7605 ],
7606 'rights' => [
7607 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7608 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7609 ],
7610 'suppress' => [
7611 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7612 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7613 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7614 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7615 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7616 ],
7617 'upload' => [
7618 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7619 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7620 ],
7621 ];
7622
7623 /**
7624 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7625 */
7626 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7627
7628 /** @} */ # end logging }
7629
7630 /*************************************************************************//**
7631 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7632 * @{
7633 */
7634
7635 /**
7636 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7637 */
7638 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7639
7640 /**
7641 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7642 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7643 */
7644 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7645
7646 /**
7647 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7648 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7649 */
7650 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7651
7652 /**
7653 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7654 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7655 */
7656 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7657
7658 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7659
7660 /*************************************************************************//**
7661 * @name Actions
7662 * @{
7663 */
7664
7665 /**
7666 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7667 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7668 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7669 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7670 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7671 * instead of the default class.
7672 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7673 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7674 */
7675 $wgActions = [
7676 'credits' => true,
7677 'delete' => true,
7678 'edit' => true,
7679 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7680 'history' => true,
7681 'info' => true,
7682 'markpatrolled' => true,
7683 'protect' => true,
7684 'purge' => true,
7685 'raw' => true,
7686 'render' => true,
7687 'revert' => true,
7688 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7689 'rollback' => true,
7690 'submit' => true,
7691 'unprotect' => true,
7692 'unwatch' => true,
7693 'view' => true,
7694 'watch' => true,
7695 ];
7696
7697 /** @} */ # end actions }
7698
7699 /*************************************************************************//**
7700 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7701 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7702 * @{
7703 */
7704
7705 /**
7706 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7707 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7708 * basis.
7709 */
7710 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7711
7712 /**
7713 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7714 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7715 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7716 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7717 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7718 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7719 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7720 *
7721 * @par Example:
7722 * @code
7723 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7724 * @endcode
7725 */
7726 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7727
7728 /**
7729 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7730 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7731 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7732 *
7733 * @par Example:
7734 * @code
7735 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7736 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7737 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7738 * ];
7739 * @endcode
7740 *
7741 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7742 * forms:
7743 * @code
7744 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7745 * # Underscore, not space!
7746 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7747 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7748 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7749 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7750 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7751 * ];
7752 * @endcode
7753 */
7754 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7755
7756 /**
7757 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7758 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7759 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7760 *
7761 * @par Example:
7762 * @code
7763 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7764 * @endcode
7765 */
7766 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7767
7768 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7769
7770 /************************************************************************//**
7771 * @name AJAX and API
7772 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7773 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7774 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7775 * @{
7776 */
7777
7778 /**
7779 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7780 * machine-readable data via api.php
7781 *
7782 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7783 */
7784 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7785
7786 /**
7787 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7788 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7789 * accesses it
7790 */
7791 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7792
7793 /**
7794 *
7795 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7796 *
7797 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7798 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7799 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7800 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7801 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7802 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7803 * requiring POST.
7804 *
7805 * @since 1.21
7806 */
7807 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7808
7809 /**
7810 * API module extensions.
7811 *
7812 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7813 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7814 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7815 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7816 *
7817 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7818 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7819 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7820 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7821 * field.
7822 *
7823 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7824 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7825 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7826 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7827 *
7828 * Examples for registering API modules:
7829 *
7830 * @code
7831 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
7832 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
7833 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
7834 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
7835 * ];
7836 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
7837 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
7838 * 'factory' => [ 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' ]
7839 * ];
7840 * @endcode
7841 *
7842 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7843 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
7844 */
7845 $wgAPIModules = [];
7846
7847 /**
7848 * API format module extensions.
7849 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7850 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7851 *
7852 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
7853 */
7854 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
7855
7856 /**
7857 * API Query meta module extensions.
7858 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7859 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7860 *
7861 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
7862 */
7863 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
7864
7865 /**
7866 * API Query prop module extensions.
7867 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7868 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7869 *
7870 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
7871 */
7872 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
7873
7874 /**
7875 * API Query list module extensions.
7876 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7877 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7878 *
7879 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
7880 */
7881 $wgAPIListModules = [];
7882
7883 /**
7884 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
7885 * The default value is generally fine
7886 */
7887 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
7888
7889 /**
7890 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
7891 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
7892 */
7893 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
7894
7895 /**
7896 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
7897 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
7898 */
7899 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
7900
7901 /**
7902 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
7903 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
7904 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
7905 */
7906 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
7907
7908 /**
7909 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
7910 * API request logging
7911 */
7912 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
7913
7914 /**
7915 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
7916 */
7917 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
7918
7919 /**
7920 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
7921 * API queries.
7922 */
7923 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
7924 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
7925 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
7926 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
7927 ];
7928
7929 /**
7930 * Enable AJAX framework
7931 */
7932 $wgUseAjax = true;
7933
7934 /**
7935 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
7936 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
7937 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
7938 */
7939 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
7940
7941 /**
7942 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
7943 */
7944 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
7945
7946 /**
7947 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
7948 */
7949 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
7950
7951 /**
7952 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
7953 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
7954 */
7955 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
7956
7957 /**
7958 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
7959 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
7960 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
7961 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
7962 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
7963 *
7964 * - '*' matches any number of characters
7965 * - '?' matches any 1 character
7966 *
7967 * @par Example:
7968 * @code
7969 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
7970 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
7971 * '*.wikipedia.org',
7972 * '*.wikimedia.org',
7973 * '*.wiktionary.org',
7974 * ];
7975 * @endcode
7976 */
7977 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
7978
7979 /**
7980 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
7981 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7982 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7983 */
7984 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
7985
7986 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
7987
7988 /************************************************************************//**
7989 * @name Shell and process control
7990 * @{
7991 */
7992
7993 /**
7994 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
7995 */
7996 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
7997
7998 /**
7999 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8000 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8001 */
8002 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8003
8004 /**
8005 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8006 */
8007 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8008
8009 /**
8010 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8011 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8012 */
8013 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8014
8015 /**
8016 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8017 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8018 *
8019 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8020 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8021 * them segfault or deadlock.
8022 *
8023 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8024 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8025 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8026 *
8027 * @par Example:
8028 * @code
8029 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8030 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8031 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8032 * @endcode
8033 *
8034 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8035 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8036 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8037 */
8038 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8039
8040 /**
8041 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
8042 */
8043 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8044
8045 /**
8046 * Locale for LC_CTYPE, to work around https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8047 * For Unix-like operating systems, set this to to a locale that has a UTF-8
8048 * character set. Only the character set is relevant.
8049 */
8050 $wgShellLocale = 'en_US.utf8';
8051
8052 /** @} */ # End shell }
8053
8054 /************************************************************************//**
8055 * @name HTTP client
8056 * @{
8057 */
8058
8059 /**
8060 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8061 */
8062 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8063
8064 /**
8065 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8066 */
8067 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8068
8069 /**
8070 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8071 */
8072 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8073
8074 /**
8075 * Local virtual hosts.
8076 *
8077 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8078 * If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any subdomain thereof,
8079 * then no proxy will be used.
8080 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8081 * proxy if it is configured.
8082 * @since 1.25
8083 */
8084 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8085
8086 /**
8087 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8088 * Only works for curl
8089 */
8090 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8091
8092 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8093
8094 /************************************************************************//**
8095 * @name Job queue
8096 * @{
8097 */
8098
8099 /**
8100 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8101 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8102 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8103 * be run periodically.
8104 */
8105 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8106
8107 /**
8108 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8109 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8110 * execution finishes.
8111 *
8112 * @since 1.23
8113 */
8114 $wgRunJobsAsync = (
8115 !function_exists( 'register_postsend_function' ) &&
8116 !function_exists( 'fastcgi_finish_request' )
8117 );
8118
8119 /**
8120 * Number of rows to update per job
8121 */
8122 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8123
8124 /**
8125 * Number of rows to update per query
8126 */
8127 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8128
8129 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8130
8131 /************************************************************************//**
8132 * @name Miscellaneous
8133 * @{
8134 */
8135
8136 /**
8137 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8138 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8139 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8140 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8141 */
8142 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8143
8144 /**
8145 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8146 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8147 *
8148 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8149 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8150 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8151 */
8152 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8153
8154 /**
8155 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8156 * For debugging
8157 */
8158 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8159
8160 /**
8161 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8162 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8163 */
8164 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8165
8166 /**
8167 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8168 */
8169 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8170
8171 /**
8172 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8173 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8174 */
8175 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8176
8177 /**
8178 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8179 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8180 */
8181 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8182
8183 /**
8184 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8185 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8186 *
8187 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8188 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8189 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8190 * parameters.
8191 *
8192 * @par Example:
8193 * @code
8194 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8195 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8196 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8197 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8198 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8199 * ... any extension-specific options...
8200 * ];
8201 * @endcode
8202 */
8203 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8204
8205 /**
8206 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8207 */
8208 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8209
8210 /**
8211 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8212 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8213 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8214 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8215 *
8216 * @since 1.21
8217 */
8218 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8219
8220 /**
8221 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8222 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8223 *
8224 * * 'ignore': return null
8225 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8226 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8227 *
8228 * @since 1.21
8229 */
8230 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8231
8232 /**
8233 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8234 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8235 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8236 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8237 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8238 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8239 *
8240 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8241 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8242 *
8243 * @since 1.21
8244 */
8245 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8246
8247 /**
8248 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8249 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8250 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8251 *
8252 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8253 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8254 *
8255 * @since 1.21
8256 */
8257 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8258 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8259 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8260 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8261 ];
8262
8263 /**
8264 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8265 *
8266 * @since 1.20
8267 */
8268 $wgSiteTypes = [
8269 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8270 ];
8271
8272 /**
8273 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8274 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8275 * @since 1.23
8276 */
8277 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8278
8279 /**
8280 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8281 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8282 * @see bug 65184
8283 * @since 1.24
8284 */
8285 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8286
8287 /**
8288 * Secret for session storage.
8289 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8290 * be used.
8291 * @since 1.27
8292 */
8293 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8294
8295 /**
8296 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8297 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8298 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8299 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8300 * @since 1.27
8301 */
8302 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8303
8304 /**
8305 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8306 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8307 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8308 * be used.
8309 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8310 * @since 1.24
8311 */
8312 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8313
8314 /**
8315 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8316 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8317 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8318 * @since 1.24
8319 */
8320 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8321
8322 /**
8323 * Enable page language feature
8324 * Allows setting page language in database
8325 * @var bool
8326 * @since 1.24
8327 */
8328 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8329
8330 /**
8331 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8332 *
8333 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8334 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8335 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8336 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8337 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8338 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8339 *
8340 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8341 *
8342 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8343 * 'class' => 'ParsoidVirtualRESTService',
8344 * 'options' => [
8345 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8346 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8347 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8348 * ]
8349 * ];
8350 *
8351 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8352 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8353 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8354 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8355 *
8356 * Example config for Parsoid:
8357 *
8358 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8359 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8360 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8361 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8362 * ];
8363 *
8364 * @var array
8365 * @since 1.25
8366 */
8367 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8368 'paths' => [],
8369 'modules' => [],
8370 'global' => [
8371 # Timeout in seconds
8372 'timeout' => 360,
8373 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8374 'forwardCookies' => false,
8375 'HTTPProxy' => null
8376 ]
8377 ];
8378
8379 /**
8380 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8381 * these suggestions.
8382 *
8383 * @var bool
8384 * @since 1.26
8385 */
8386 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8387
8388 /**
8389 * Where popular password file is located.
8390 *
8391 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8392 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8393 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8394 *
8395 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8396 * @since 1.27
8397 * @var string path to file
8398 */
8399 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8400
8401 /*
8402 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8403 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8404 *
8405 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8406 * @since 1.27
8407 */
8408 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8409
8410 /**
8411 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8412 *
8413 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8414 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8415 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8416 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8417 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8418 *
8419 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8420 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8421 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8422 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8423 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8424 *
8425 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8426 *
8427 * @since 1.27
8428 */
8429 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8430 'default' => [
8431 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8432 ]
8433 ];
8434
8435 /**
8436 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8437 *
8438 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8439 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8440 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8441 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8442 *
8443 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8444 *
8445 * @var bool
8446 * @since 1.28
8447 */
8448 $wgPingback = false;
8449
8450 /**
8451 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8452 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8453 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8454 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8455 *
8456 * @since 1.28
8457 */
8458 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8459 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8460 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8461 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8462 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8463 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8464 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8465 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8466 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8467 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8468 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8469 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8470 ];
8471
8472 /**
8473 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8474 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8475 * @}
8476 */